Lexmark All in One Printer 5021 0XX User Manual

Revised March 24, 2006  
Lexmark C510  
5021-0XX  
• Start Diagnostics  
• Index  
Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond  
design are trademarks of Lexmark  
International, Inc., registered in the  
United States and/or other countries.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Table of contents  
Laser notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi  
Safety information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi  
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi  
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi  
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
Maintenance approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
Tools required for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1  
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2  
Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
Model differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4  
Physical specifications and weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5  
Operating clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6  
Packaging and shipping dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6  
Print speed and performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7  
Time to first print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7  
Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
Printer memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
Paper and media specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8  
Media sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11  
Output capacity by media and source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12  
Media guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12  
Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14  
Power and electrical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15  
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16  
Printer identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17  
Options identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18  
Printer theory of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19  
Printer paper path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20  
Printer systems description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21  
Basic principles of color printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21  
Mechanical and electrical structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21  
Printer component systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23  
Basic process of color printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24  
Print system and transfer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Basic structure of the print system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27  
Details of the print system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29  
Charging process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29  
Exposing process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31  
Developing process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32  
First transfer (drum) process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-34  
Belt discharge (erase lamp) process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35  
Belt cleaning process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-36  
Details of the transfer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-38  
Second transfer (paper) process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-38  
Transfer belt cleaning process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39  
Details of the optical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40  
Details of the paper transportation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42  
Fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-44  
Fusing process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46  
Control system structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47  
Electrical system and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47  
Control of print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48  
Print sequence diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49  
Laser drive control circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-50  
Interface control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-51  
Diagnostic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1  
Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1  
Service error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2  
Operator messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9  
Paper jam messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22  
Symptom tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25  
Printer symptom table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25  
Print quality symptom table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27  
Printer service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29  
901Yellow developer clutch service check . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29  
903Cyan developer clutch service check . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33  
904Black developer clutch service check . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35  
910Developer motor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45  
911Main motor service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48  
912Power supply fan service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51  
913Fuser fan service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52  
iv Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
914Laser fan service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53  
915Erase lamp service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54  
918HVPS connection service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58  
2-59  
920Fuser thermistor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60  
990Transfer belt unit service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65  
991Transfer roller clutch service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67  
993Fuser clutch service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69  
994OPC belt marker sensor service check . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70  
Cover open service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75  
Incorrect media service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78  
Missing toner cartridge service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81  
Operator panel service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84  
Output tray full service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85  
Paper size sensing service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87  
Printer no power service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89  
Toner feed service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91  
Toner low/empty service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92  
Transfer roller missing service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93  
Tray empty service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95  
Waste toner bottle service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97  
Waste toner feed service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98  
Paper feed service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99  
Printer paper feed service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99  
Print quality service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-101  
Background service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-101  
Back stain service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102  
Banding service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103  
Black line service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-104  
Color misregistration service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105  
Insufficient fusing service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Insufficient gloss service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-108  
Jitter service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-109  
Missing image at edge service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110  
Mixed color image service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111  
Mottle service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112  
Residual image service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-113  
Ribbing service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114  
Toner drop service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-116  
Vertical line service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-118  
Vertical staggering image service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-119  
Vertical white band service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120  
White band service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-121  
White line I service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-122  
White line II service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-123  
White spot / black spot service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-124  
White print service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-125  
Wrinkle / image migration service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-126  
Uneven density (right and left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-127  
Spacing table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-129  
Roller specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-129  
Diagnostic aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1  
Disabling download emulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1  
Paper jam sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2  
Diagnostic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4  
Diagnostics menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5  
Print quality test pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5  
Print registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6  
Setting tray 2 left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6  
Setting top margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7  
Print tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7  
Hardware tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8  
LCD test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9  
Button test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9  
Parallel wrap test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9  
ROM memory test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10  
DRAM memory test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11  
Serial wrap test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11  
Duplex tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13  
Duplex left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13  
Device tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14  
Quick disk test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14  
Disk test/clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14  
vi Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Flash test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15  
Printer setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
Setting the page count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
Viewing the permanent page count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16  
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17  
Setting configuration ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17  
Parallel strobe adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18  
Error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19  
Viewing the error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19  
Printing the error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19  
Clearing the error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20  
Restore EP factory defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20  
Exiting diagnostic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21  
Repair information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
Removal and cleaning precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1  
MOS ICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
During transportation/storage:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
During replacement: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
During inspection: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2  
Photodeveloper cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
During transportation/storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
Parts not to be touched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3  
Printer removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4  
Precautions to take before maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4  
CRU/FRU and supplies removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5  
Cleaning roller cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6  
Transfer belt cleaning roller removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6  
Transfer belt unit removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7  
Transfer roller removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8  
Fuser assembly removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9  
Waste toner bottle removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10  
Photodeveloper cartridge removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11  
Duplex unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13  
Secondary paper feed assembly removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16  
Cover removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17  
Top cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18  
Front cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19  
Right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22  
Rear cover assembly removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22  
Left cover removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Laser unit assembly (printhead) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24  
Laser unit fan assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26  
Erase lamp removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27  
Right side removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29  
Front door interlock switch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29  
Front door interlock switch with bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31  
Developer motor removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31  
Waste toner bottle holder removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32  
Developer drive assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32  
Toner sensor (sender) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35  
Cleaning roller clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36  
Main motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38  
Clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40  
Main drive gear assembly removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41  
Waste toner feeder removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42  
Rear removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44  
RIP board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45  
Bracket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45  
Paper guide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46  
Paper guide (C) assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47  
Paper feed roller removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48  
Paper exit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49  
Registration assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52  
Left side removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53  
Operator panel cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54  
Engine controller board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55  
RIP board cage removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57  
High voltage power supply (HVPS) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59  
HVPS cage removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62  
Toner present sensor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63  
Toner sensor (receiver) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64  
Toner retract solenoid and cam removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64  
Left tray guide assembly removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-65  
Top removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68  
Marker sensor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69  
I/O board removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70  
Waste toner auger removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72  
Waste toner agitator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-73  
Power supply fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74  
viii Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Locations and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1  
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3  
Electronic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4  
Sensor locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4  
Printer circuit board locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6  
Fan/motor locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7  
Interlock switch locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8  
Solenoid/clutch locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9  
Symbol and part name table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11  
Wiring diagram / cable harness reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14  
RIP board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15  
Engine controller board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16  
Input/output (I/O) board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17  
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18  
High voltage power supply (HVPS) board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18  
Printer cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19  
Cable 1 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19  
Cable 1 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19  
Cable 2 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22  
Cable 2 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22  
Cable 3 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24  
Cable 3 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24  
Cable 4 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26  
Cable 5 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27  
Cable 6 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32  
Cable 6 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32  
Cable 7 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36  
Cable 7 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36  
Cable 9 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42  
Cable 9 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42  
Cable 10 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44  
Cable 10 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44  
Cable 11 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46  
Cable 11 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46  
Cable 12 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47  
Cable 12 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47  
Cable 13 connector assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48  
Cable 13 connector pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1  
Parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1  
How to use this parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1  
Part number index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-5  
x Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Laser notices  
The following laser notice labels may be affixed to this printer as  
shown:  
Laser advisory label  
Laser notices xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Class 1 Laser statement label  
xii Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Laser notice  
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of  
DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class I (1) laser products, and  
elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the  
requirements of IEC 60825-1.  
Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The  
printer contains internally a Class IIIb (3b) laser that is nominally a 5  
milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of  
770-795 nanometers. The laser system and printer are designed so  
there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class I  
level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed  
service condition.  
Laser  
Der Drucker erfüllt gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung der USA die  
Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS (Department of Health and  
Human Services) 21 CFR Teil J für Laserprodukte der Klasse I (1).  
In anderen Ländern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse I,  
der die Anforderungen der IEC (International Electrotechnical  
Commission) 60825-1 gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung erfüllt.  
Laserprodukte der Klasse I gelten als unschädlich. Im Inneren des  
Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse IIIb (3b), bei dem es  
sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt, der Wellen  
der Länge 770-795 Nanometer ausstrahlt. Das Lasersystem und der  
Drucker sind so konzipiert, daß im Normalbetrieb, bei der Wartung  
durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemäßer Wartung durch den  
Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung, die die Klasse I übersteigen würde,  
Menschen keinesfalls erreicht.  
Laser notices xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Avis relatif à l’utilisation de laser  
Pour les Etats-Unis : cette imprimante est certifiée conforme aux  
provisions DHHS 21 CFR alinéa J concernant les produits laser de  
Classe I (1). Pour les autres pays : cette imprimante répond aux  
normes IEC 60825-1 relatives aux produits laser de Classe I.  
Les produits laser de Classe I sont considérés comme des produits  
non dangereux. Cette imprimante est équipée dun laser de Classe  
IIIb (3b) (arséniure de gallium dune puissance nominale de 5  
milliwatts) émettant sur des longueurs donde comprises entre 770  
et 795 nanomètres. Limprimante et son système laser sont conçus  
pour impossible, dans des conditions normales dutilisation,  
dentretien par lutilisateur ou de révision, lexposition à des  
rayonnements laser supérieurs à des rayonnements de Classe I .  
Avvertenze sui prodotti laser  
Questa stampante è certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme  
ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo J per i prodotti laser di  
classe 1 ed è certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di  
classe 1 conforme ai requisiti della norma CEI 60825-1.  
I prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi. La  
stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe IIIb (3b)  
allarseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla  
lunghezza donda compresa tra 770 e 795 nanometri. Il sistema  
laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le  
persone a contatto con la stampante, durante il normale  
funzionamento, le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza  
tecnica, non ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe  
1.  
xiv Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Avisos sobre el láser  
Se certifica que, en los EE.UU., esta impresora cumple los  
requisitos para los productos láser de Clase I (1) establecidos en el  
subcapítulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS (Departamento de  
Sanidad y Servicios) y, en los demás países, reúne todas las  
condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825-1 para productos  
láser de Clase I (1).  
Los productos láser de Clase I no se consideran peligrosos. La  
impresora contiene en su interior un láser de Clase IIIb (3b) de  
arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal a 5 milivatios en una  
longitud de onda de 770 a 795 nanómetros. El sistema láser y la  
impresora están diseñados de forma que ninguna persona pueda  
verse afectada por ningún tipo de radiación láser superior al nivel de  
la Clase I durante su uso normal, el mantenimiento realizado por el  
usuario o cualquier otra situación de servicio técnico.  
Declaração sobre Laser  
A impressora está certificada nos E.U.A. em conformidade com os  
requisitos da regulamentação DHHS 21 CFR Subcapítulo J para a  
Classe I (1) de produtos laser. Em outros locais, está certificada  
como um produto laser da Classe I, em conformidade com os  
requisitos da norma IEC 60825-1.  
Os produtos laser da Classe I não são considerados perigosos.  
Internamente, a impressora contém um produto laser da Classe IIIb  
(3b), designado laser de arseneto de potássio, de 5 milliwatts  
,operando numa faixa de comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795  
nanómetros. O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de  
forma a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a  
radiação laser superior a um nível de Classe I durante a operação  
normal, a manutenção feita pelo utilizador ou condições de  
assistência prescritas.  
Laser notices xv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Laserinformatie  
De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een  
laserprodukt van klasse I. Voor de Verenigde Staten zijn deze eisen  
vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J, voor andere landen in  
IEC 60825-1.  
Laserprodukten van klasse I worden niet als ongevaarlijk  
aangemerkt. De printer is voorzien van een laser van klasse IIIb  
(3b), dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide-laser van 5 milliwatt met  
een golflengte van 770-795 nanometer. Het lasergedeelte en de  
printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik, bij onderhoud of  
reparatie conform de voorschriften, nooit blootstelling mogelijk is  
aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals voorgeschreven is voor  
klasse 1.  
Lasermeddelelse  
Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse I-laserprodukt, i  
overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825-1.  
Klasse I-laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige. Printeren  
indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB (3b)-laser, der nominelt er en 5  
milliwatt galliumarsenid laser, som arbejder på bølgelængdeområdet  
770-795 nanometer. Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet  
således, at mennesker aldrig udsættes for en laserstråling over  
Klasse I-niveau ved normal drift, brugervedligeholdelse eller  
obligatoriske servicebetingelser.  
xvi Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Huomautus laserlaitteesta  
Tämä kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan I (1) laserlaitteiden DHHS  
21 CFR Subchapter J -määrityksen mukainen ja muualla luokan I  
laserlaitteiden IEC 60825-1 -määrityksen mukainen.  
Luokan I laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia käyttäjälle.  
Kirjoittimessa on sisäinen luokan IIIb (3b) 5 milliwatin  
galliumarsenidilaser, joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 - 795 nanometriä.  
Laserjärjestelmä ja kirjoitin on suunniteltu siten, että käyttäjä ei  
altistu luokan I määrityksiä voimakkaammalle säteilylle kirjoittimen  
normaalin toiminnan, käyttäjän tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden  
huoltotoimien yhteydessä.  
VARO! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina  
näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle. Älä katso säteeseen.  
VARNING! Osynlig laserstrålning när denna del är öppnad och  
spärren är urkopplad.  
Betrakta ej strålen.  
Laser-notis  
Denna skrivare är i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21  
CFR, underparagraf J för laserprodukter av Klass I (1). I andra  
länder uppfyller skrivaren kraven för laserprodukter av Klass I enligt  
kraven i IEC 60825-1.  
Laserprodukter i Klass I anses ej hälsovådliga. Skrivaren har en  
inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb (3b) som består av en laserenhet av  
gallium-arsenid på 5 milliwatt som arbetar i våglängdsområdet 770-  
795 nanometer. Lasersystemet och skrivaren är utformade så att det  
aldrig finns risk för att någon person utsätts för laserstrålning över  
Klass I-nivå vid normal användning, underhåll som utförs av  
användaren eller annan föreskriven serviceåtgärd.  
Laser notices xvii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Laser-melding  
Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR,  
underkapittel J, for klasse I (1) laserprodukter, og er i andre land  
godkjent som et Klasse I-laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC  
60825-1.  
Klasse I-laserprodukter er ikke å betrakte som farlige. Skriveren  
inneholder internt en klasse IIIb (3b)-laser, som består av en  
gallium-arsenlaserenhet som avgir stråling i bølgelengdeområdet  
770-795 nanometer. Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at  
personer aldri utsettes for laserstråling ut over klasse I-nivå under  
vanlig bruk, vedlikehold som utføres av brukeren, eller foreskrevne  
serviceoperasjoner.  
Avís sobre el Làser  
Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units, aquesta impressora  
compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR, apartat J, pels productes  
làser de classe I (1), i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs, és un  
producte làser de classe I que compleix els requisits dIEC 60825-1.  
Els productes làser de classe I no es consideren perillosos. Aquesta  
impressora conté un làser de classe IIIb (3b) darseniür de gal.li,  
nominalment de 5 mil.liwats, i funciona a la regió de longitud dona  
de 770-795 nanòmetres. El sistema làser i la impressora han sigut  
concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposició a la radiació làser  
per sobre dun nivell de classe I durant una operació normal, durant  
les tasques de manteniment dusuari ni durant els serveis que  
satisfacin les condicions prescrites.  
xviii Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Japanese laser notice  
Chinese laser notice  
Laser notices xix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Korean laser notice  
xx Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Safety information  
The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of  
the original design and specific components. The manufacturer  
is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized  
replacement parts.  
The maintenance information for this product has been  
prepared for use by a professional service person and is not  
intended to be used by others.  
There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal  
injury during disassembly and servicing of this product.  
Professional service personnel should understand this and take  
necessary precautions.  
CAUTION: When you see this symbol, there is a  
danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the  
product where you are working. Unplug the product  
before you begin, or use caution if the product must  
receive power in order to perform the task.  
Consignes de sécurité  
La sécurité de ce produit repose sur des tests et des  
agréations portant sur sa conception d'origine et sur des  
composants particuliers. Le fabricant n'assume aucune  
responsabilité concernant la sécurité en cas d'utilisation de  
pièces de rechange non agréées.  
Les consignes d'entretien et de réparation de ce produit  
s'adressent uniquement à un personnel de maintenance  
qualifié.  
Le démontage et l'entretien de ce produit pouvant présenter  
certains risques électriques, le personnel d'entretien qualifié  
devra prendre toutes les précautions nécessaires.  
ATTENTION : Ce symbole indique la présence  
d'une tension dangereuse dans la partie du produit  
sur laquelle vous travaillez. Débranchez le produit  
avant de commencer ou faites preuve de vigilance si  
l'exécution de la tâche exige que le produit reste sous  
tension.  
Safety information xxi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Norme di sicurezza  
La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull'approvazione  
del progetto originale e dei componenti specifici. Il produttore  
non è responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non  
autorizzata delle parti.  
Le informazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto  
sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di assistenza autorizzato.  
Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto,  
il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona è più  
elevato. Il personale di assistenza autorizzato deve, quindi,  
adottare le precauzioni necessarie.  
ATTENZIONE: Questo simbolo indica la presenza  
di tensione pericolosa nell'area del prodotto.  
Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela  
se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per eseguire  
l'intervento.  
Sicherheitshinweise  
Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und  
Zulassungen des ursprünglichen Modells und bestimmter  
Bauteile. Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird  
vom Hersteller keine Verantwortung oder Haftung für die  
Sicherheit übernommen.  
Die Wartungsinformationen für dieses Produkt sind  
ausschließlich für die Verwendung durch einen  
Wartungsfachmann bestimmt.  
Während des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des  
Geräts besteht ein zusätzliches Risiko eines elektrischen  
Schlags und körperlicher Verletzung. Das zuständige  
Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen  
treffen.  
ACHTUNG: Dieses Symbol weist auf eine  
gefährliche elektrische Spannung hin, die in diesem  
Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann. Ziehen Sie vor  
den Arbeiten am Gerät den Netzstecker des Geräts,  
bzw. arbeiten Sie mit großer Vorsicht, wenn das  
Produkt für die Ausführung der Arbeiten an den  
Strom angeschlossen sein muß.  
xxii Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Pautas de Seguridad  
La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y  
aprobaciones del diseño original y componentes específicos.  
El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso  
de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas.  
La información sobre el mantenimiento de este producto está  
dirigida exclusivamente al personal cualificado de  
mantenimiento.  
Existe mayor riesgo de descarga eléctrica y de daños  
personales durante el desmontaje y la reparación de la  
máquina. El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este  
peligro y tomar las precauciones necesarias.  
PRECAUCIÓN: este símbolo indica que el voltaje  
de la parte del equipo con la que está trabajando es  
peligroso. Antes de empezar, desenchufe el equipo  
o tenga cuidado si, para trabajar con él, debe  
conectarlo.  
Informações de Segurança  
A segurança deste produto baseia-se em testes e aprovações  
do modelo original e de componentes específicos. O fabricante  
não é responsável pela segunrança, no caso de uso de peças  
de substituição não autorizadas.  
As informações de segurança relativas a este produto  
destinam-se a profissionais destes serviços e não devem ser  
utilizadas por outras pessoas.  
Risco de choques eléctricos e ferimentos graves durante a  
desmontagem e manutenção deste produto. Os profissionais  
destes serviços devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os  
cuidados necessários.  
CUIDADO: Quando vir este símbolo, existe a  
possível presença de uma potencial tensão perigosa  
na zona do produto em que está a trabalhar. Antes  
de começar, desligue o produto da tomada eléctrica  
ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar  
ligado à corrente eléctrica para realizar a tarefa  
necessária.  
Safety information xxiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Informació de Seguretat  
La seguretat d'aquest producte es basa en l'avaluació i  
aprovació del disseny original i els components específics.  
El fabricant no es fa responsable de les qüestions de  
seguretat si s'utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades.  
La informació pel manteniment daquest producte està  
orientada exclusivament a professionals i no està destinada  
a ningú que no ho sigui.  
El risc de xoc elèctric i de danys personals pot augmentar  
durant el procés de desmuntatge i de servei daquest producte.  
El personal professional ha destar-ne assabentat i prendre  
les mesures convenients.  
PRECAUCIÓ: aquest símbol indica que el voltatge  
de la part de l'equip amb la qual esteu treballant és  
perillós. Abans de començar, desendolleu l'equip  
o extremeu les precaucions si, per treballar amb  
l'equip, l'heu de connectar.  
xxiv Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Safety information xxv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Preface  
This manual contains maintenance procedures for service  
personnel. It is divided into the following chapters:  
1. General information contains a general description of the  
printer and the maintenance approach used to repair it. Special  
tools and test equipment are listed, as well as general  
environmental and safety instructions.  
2. Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table,  
symptom tables, and service checks used to isolate failing field  
replaceable units (FRUs).  
3. Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or  
repeat symptoms of printer problems.  
4. Repair information provides instructions for making printer  
adjustments and removing and installing FRUs.  
5. Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector  
locations and test points on the printer.  
6. Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications  
and recommendations to prevent problems.  
7. Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for  
individual FRUs.  
Definitions  
Note: A note provides additional information.  
Warning: A warning identifies something that might damage the  
product hardware or software.  
CAUTION: A caution identifies something that might cause a  
servicer harm.  
CAUTION: When you see this symbol, there is a  
danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the  
product where you are working. Unplug the product  
before you begin, or use caution if the product must  
receive power in order to perform the task.  
xxvi Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
1. General information  
This LexmarkC510 color laser printer is the ideal printer for  
presentations, business graphics, line art, and text. It uses laser  
diode electrophotographic technology to deliver remarkable quality  
print images and text. The printer can be used as a shared network  
or desktop printer.  
Maintenance approach  
The diagnostic information in this manual leads you to the correct  
field replaceable unit (FRU) or part. Use the error code charts,  
symptom index, and service checks to determine the symptom and  
repair the failure. See Diagnostic informationon page 2-1, for  
location of each section. You may find that the removals in the  
Repair information chapter will help you identify parts. After you  
complete the repair, perform tests as needed to verify the repair.  
Tools required for service  
The removal and adjustment procedures described in this manual  
require the following tools and equipment:  
Analog volt ohmmeter (a digital volt ohmmeter may also be  
used)  
Flat-blade screwdrivers  
Needle nose pliers  
#1 Phillips screwdriver  
#2 Phillips screwdriver  
Slotted screwdriver #1  
Slotted clock screwdriver #1  
Tweezers, C-ring pliers  
When you make voltage readings, always use frame ground unless  
another ground is specified.  
General information 1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Serial number  
Look for the label on the rear cover of your printer for serial number  
information. The serial number is also listed in the menu settings  
page and can be printed from the utilities menu.  
1-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Acronyms  
ASIC  
CS  
Application-Specific Integrated Circuit  
Customer Ordered  
CSU  
Customer Setup  
DRAM  
EEPROM  
Dynamic Random Access Memory  
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only  
Memory  
EP  
Electrophotographic Process  
Electrostatic Discharge  
Field Replaceable Unit  
High Voltage  
ESD  
FRU  
HV  
HVPS  
LAN  
LASER  
High Voltage Power Supply  
Local Area Network  
Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of  
Radiation  
LCD  
Liquid Crystal Display  
LED  
Light-Emitting Diode  
LV  
Low Voltage  
LVPS  
NVRAM  
OEM  
PICS  
PIXEL  
POR  
POST  
PQET  
RIP  
ROS  
SRAM  
UPR  
VAC  
Low Voltage Power Supply  
Nonvolatile Random Access Memory  
Original Equipment Manufacturer  
Problem Isolation Charts  
Picture Element  
Power-On Reset  
Power-On Self Test  
Print Quality Enhancement Technology  
Raster Image Processor  
Read-Only Storage  
Static Random Access Memory  
Used Parts Replacement  
Volts alternating current  
Volts direct current  
VDC  
General information 1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Specifications  
Resolution  
600 x 600 dpi  
2400 image quality  
Model differences  
C510  
C510n C510dtn  
USB 2.0  
X
X
X
X
Parallel  
Ethernet  
X
X
Memory (MB)  
64  
128  
128  
Options available  
530-sheet drawer  
(tray 2)  
X
X
Duplex  
X
X
X
X
Hard disk  
X
Technical specifications  
Toner darkness  
There are five settings to balance print darkness and toner savings.  
The higher the setting, the darker the print. The toner darkness  
default setting is 4.  
The toner darkness setting is available through the operator panel  
under the Color Menu, Toner Darkness menu.  
Color correction settings  
There are three settings to choose the type of color correction to be  
applied when printing.  
Auto (default): Applies different color correction to each object on  
the printed page depending upon the type of object (text, graphics or  
image), and how the color for each object is specified.  
Off: No color correction is implemented.  
1-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Manual: Allows users to customize color correction output from the  
operator panel. Setting selectable from the driver.  
Physical specifications and weight  
The following table contains the dimensions and weights for each  
printer model and option. This does not include packaging but does  
include the print cartridge that ships with the printer.  
4
Width  
inch  
mm  
Depth  
inch  
mm  
Height  
inch  
Weight  
lb  
mm  
kg  
Printers  
1
Lexmark C510  
19.5  
495  
19.5  
495  
19.5  
495  
16.5  
420  
16.5  
420  
20.7  
525  
15.2  
385  
15.2  
385  
23.2  
590  
67.0  
30.3  
67.0  
30.3  
91.0  
41.2  
2
Lexmark C510n  
3
Lexmark C510dtn  
Paper options  
Duplex unit  
14.2  
360  
18.1  
460  
11.2  
285  
10.8  
275  
10.8  
275  
7.1  
15.2  
385  
7.3  
185  
4.5  
115  
2.2  
55  
11.0  
5.0  
13.3  
6.0  
4.2  
1.9  
2.2  
1.0  
2.5  
1.1  
180  
18.5  
470  
14.4  
365  
13.0  
330  
15.9  
405  
530-Sheet drawer  
530-Sheet tray  
Standard tray  
Legal tray  
2.2  
55  
1 Base model is the base printer with standard 250-sheet input tray and starter  
cartridges.  
2 Network model is the network-ready printer with standard input tray and starter  
cartridges.  
3 Duplex network model is the network-ready printer plus duplex option and 530-sheet  
input tray.  
4 Weight does not include packaging or pubs.  
General information 1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Operating clearances  
Printer sides  
C510 & C510n C510 & C510n C510 & C510n C510dtn with  
with 530-sheet with duplex  
530-sheet tray  
tray  
unit  
Left side  
Right side  
Front  
8 in (203 mm)  
8 in (203 mm)  
8 in (203 mm)  
8 in (203 mm)  
20 in (508 mm) 20 in (508 mm) 20 in (508 mm) 20 in (508 mm)  
28 in (711 mm) 28 in (711 mm) 28 in (711 mm) 28 in (711 mm)  
10 in (254 mm) 10 in (254 mm) 14 in (355 mm) 14 in (355 mm)  
23 in (584 mm) 29 in (736 mm) 25 in (635 mm) 29 in (736 mm)  
Rear  
Top  
Packaging and shipping dimensions  
Width  
Depth  
Height  
Weight  
1
Printers  
in  
in  
in  
lb  
mm  
mm  
mm  
kg  
C510  
22.6  
574  
22.6  
574  
23.4  
594.36  
20.9  
530  
20.9  
530  
23.6  
599.44  
22.4  
570  
80  
36.4  
80  
C510n  
22.4  
570  
36.4  
112.2  
51.0  
2
C510dtn  
46.2  
1173.48  
Options  
Duplex  
18.0  
456  
21.9  
556  
17.7  
450  
13.2  
335  
13.2  
335  
20.8  
528  
22.4  
570  
15.1  
384  
16.2  
412  
19.0  
483  
12.0  
305  
10.9  
277  
7.9  
16.1  
7.3  
18.7  
8.5  
6.4  
2.9  
3.3  
1.5  
5.5  
2.5  
530-Sheet drawer  
530-Sheet tray  
250-Sheet tray  
200  
5.5  
140  
5.7  
Legal tray  
144  
1
Includes start-up kit (supplies)  
2
C510dtn ships printer, duplex and 1 tray bundled on a pallet.  
1-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Print speed and performance  
Simplex printing  
pages/minute)  
Duplex printing  
(sides/minute)  
Standard tray  
Media size  
Standard tray  
Letter  
30  
8
8
8
2
2
3
15  
4
4
A4  
30  
16  
3
15  
5
Legal  
4
Transparencies  
Thick card stock  
N/S  
N/S  
N/S  
N/S  
N/S  
N/S  
3
Labels (letter &  
A4)  
5
Medium thick card  
stock (letter & A4)  
4
3
3
N/S  
N/S  
N/S  
N/S  
Envelopes  
5
N/S - Media size not supported in this tray  
Note: For media size A4 duplex mode with custom paper sizes, size sensing is  
turned off.  
Time to first print  
Simplex  
Duplex  
Time from standby mode 13 seconds  
19 seconds  
45 seconds  
19 seconds  
45 seconds  
27 seconds  
45 seconds  
Time from power saver  
mode  
45 seconds  
Note: Time to first page (TTFP) is the time from the moment when the host sends the  
print signal until the moment the trailing edge of the first page leaves the exit feed rollers.  
TTFP is measured using a simple text (single character) page.  
Note: Warm up time, 45 seconds maximum, is the time elapsed from when the power is  
turned on to when the ready status is reached.  
Processor  
500 MHz  
General information 1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Duty cycle  
Maximum duty cycle-35,000 pages (one month's usage)  
Machine life-120,000 pages/300,000 images  
Printer memory  
Memory configuration  
C510  
C510n  
128MB  
320MB  
C510dtn  
Standard DRAM  
Max DRAM  
64MB  
128MB  
Available memory options  
Optional 64MB and 128MB SDRAM DIMMs are available.  
Flash memory options  
Optional 16MB and 32MB DIMMs are available from Lexmark.  
Memory and expansion slots  
C510  
C510n  
C510dtn  
100pin DIMM slots (1-2 SDRAM, 1 Flash1)  
PCI Slots (for optional interface cards)  
Firmware card slot  
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
User flash card slot  
1Only one Flash card may be installed.  
Only one DLE/Firmware card is supported at a time, as well as only one User Flash card  
is supported at a time.  
Paper and media specifications  
Print area  
The C510 printable area is up to 4.0 mm (0.158 in.) from the top and  
bottom of the media, and up to 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) from the left and  
right edges. Any information placed outside this specified printable  
area will not print. Note: For envelopes, the printable area is up to  
4.0 mm (0.158 in.) of the left and right edges, and 3.0 mm(0.118 in.)  
of the top and bottom edges.  
1-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Input and output configurations  
The following table shows the standard number of input sources and  
output destinations, as well as the estimated capacity of each.  
Capacity may vary and is subject to media specifications and printer  
operating environment. The capacities listed are based on plain  
2
paper at 75 g/m .  
Sources and capacities  
C510/C510n  
Input sources  
C510dtn3  
Number of standard sources  
1
1
2
2
0
2
Number of optional input drawers  
Maximum number of input sources1  
Input capacities2  
Standard input  
Primary tray  
250  
250  
250  
530  
780  
Second tray  
Total standard  
Optional input  
Optional legal tray  
Optional tray 1  
Optional tray 2  
250  
250  
530  
250  
250  
530  
Output destinations  
Number of standard destinations  
Output capacities  
1
1
Standard output bin capacity (top)  
Media up to 20 lb paper  
Other  
250  
Yes  
250  
Duplex unit  
Standard  
1Optional input drawer is a 530-sheet capacity drawer. Only one optional drawer  
may be installed at any time.  
2The printer supports top output (face down) as standard. No additional output  
options are available.  
3Includes optional 530-sheet drawer.  
Note: All capacities are based on use of 20 lb paper.  
General information 1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Media input types and weights  
Source  
Type  
Standard 530-  
tray Legal Sheet  
Duplex  
Printer menu Item  
tray  
tray  
Paper  
type  
Paper  
weight  
Paper1,2  
(grain long)  
Xerographic 60-74  
60-74  
g/m2  
60-74  
g/m2  
Plain paper  
Plain paper  
Plain paper  
Light  
or bond  
paper  
g/m2  
(16-19 lb) (16-19 lb) (16-19 lb)  
Xerographic 75-120  
75-120  
75-120  
Normal  
Heavy  
or bond  
paper  
g/m2 (20- g/m2 (20- g/m2 (20-  
32 lb)  
32 lb)  
32 lb)  
100%  
Cotton  
75-120  
75-120  
75-120  
g/m2  
g/m2  
g/m2  
(24-32 lb) (24-32 lb) (24-32 lb)  
Card stock  
Index  
Index  
163 g/m2 N/A  
(90 lb)  
N/A  
Card stock  
Card stock  
Normal  
Heavy  
164- 210 N/A  
N/A  
g/m2  
(91-110  
lb)  
Transparency  
PN  
N/A  
N/A  
Transparency  
3
12A5940  
PN  
12A5941  
Labels2  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
Label  
Envelopes  
75-90  
Envelope  
Normal  
g/m2  
(20-24lb)  
1 Punched, embossed, water-marked, perforated, punched, inkjet paper or plastic-  
coated media should not be used.  
2 Only occasional use of paper labels in an office environment is supported.  
3 Only PN 12A5940 and 12A5941 should be used.  
1-10 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Media sizes  
Media sizes  
Dimensions  
Input  
Output  
mm  
in.  
A4  
A5  
210 x 297  
148 x 210  
182 x 257  
216 x 279.4  
216 x 356  
8.27 x 11.7  
5.83 x 8.27  
7.17 x 10.1  
8.5 x 11  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3
JIS B5  
X
X
X
X
Letter  
X
X
Legal  
8.5 x 14  
Executive  
Folio  
184.2 x 266.7 7.25 x 10.5  
216 x 330 8.5 x 13  
139.7 x 215.9 5.5 x 8.5  
X
X
X
X
Statement  
1
Universal  
X
Standard 250-sheet 104.8x210 to 4.125x8.27 to  
letter tray 215.9x297 8.5x11.7  
Optional 250-sheet 104.8x210 to 4.125x8.27 to  
legal tray  
215.9x355.6 8.5x14  
Optional duplex  
148x210 to  
215.9x355.6 8.5x14  
5.83x8.27 to  
Envelope sizes  
Dimensions  
98.4x225.4  
Dimensions  
3.875 x 8.9  
2
9 Envelope  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
COM 10 Envelope 104.8 x 241.3 4.12 x 9.5  
DL Envelope  
C5 Envelope  
110 x 220  
162 x 229  
176 x 250  
4.33 x 8.66  
6.38 x 9.01  
6.93 x 9.84  
2
2
B5 Envelope  
1Select Universal when using a non-standard size sheet of print material. The printer  
formats the page for the maximum size 8.5 X 14 in.(215.9 X 355.6 mm). Set the actual  
size from your software application.  
2 Supported through the driver.  
3B5 may be supported in optional tray 1, but size sensing must be turned off.  
General information 1-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Output capacity by media and source  
Source  
Media  
Capacity  
Orientation  
Standard output  
bin (top)¹  
Supports all sizes listed in 250 sheets (20 lb  
Collated  
Face down  
the "Media sizes" table  
paper)  
50 Transparencies  
Media guidelines  
With the Lexmark C510 print technology, paper designed for use  
with xerographic copiers should provide satisfactory print quality and  
feed reliability. Other media types may be suitable. We recommend  
that users test any particular brand for suitability to their  
applications. Refer to the printer User's Reference for additional  
media specifications.  
Paper  
Rough, highly textured, limp, or pre-curled papers will result in  
lower print quality and more frequent paper feed failures.  
Colored papers must be able to withstand 338°F (170°C) fusing  
temperature.  
Preprinted forms and letterheads should be selected using  
guidelines in the printer User's Reference. The chemical  
process used in preprinting may render some papers unsuitable  
for use with the printer.  
Unsuitable papers include punched, embossed, water-marked,  
perforated media, any kind of inkjet paper or plastic-coated  
paper.  
2
Recycled paper less than 75 g/m (20 lb) may cause  
unacceptable results.  
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures of  
170°C (338°F). Use only paper able to withstand these  
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous  
emissions. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine  
whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers.  
Envelopes  
Should be fed with short edge first, flap down and to the right.  
1-12 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
If envelope wrinkling occurs, refer to the User's Reference for  
correct loading and stacking of envelopes.  
All envelopes should be new, unused, and without damage.  
Envelopes with excessive curl or twist exceeding 6.0 mm, those  
stuck together, those with bent corners or nicked edges, or  
those that interlock should not be used.  
2
Minimum weight: 90 g/m (24 lb).  
The following envelopes should not be used:  
Envelopes with windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or  
deep embossing  
Envelopes with metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding  
bars  
Envelopes with exposed flap adhesive when the flap is in the  
closed position  
Self-seal envelopes  
Under high humidity conditions (over 60%), the envelopes may  
seal during printing.  
2
For best results, print on new 90 g/m (24 lb) sulfite or 25%  
cotton-bond envelope.  
Transparencies  
Use letter (12A5940) or A4-size (12A5941) sheets only.  
Transparencies are only supported in tray 1 (standard or legal  
trays).  
Labels  
Labels should be selected using guidelines found in the User's  
Reference, Complete Printer Reference, or the Card stock &  
Label Guide (located at www.lexmark.com), and tested for  
acceptability.  
Vinyl labels are not supported.  
Labels are only supported in tray 1 (standard or legal trays).  
Glossy Paper  
Use letter (12A5950) or A4-size (12A5951) sheets only.  
General information 1-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Glossy paper is only supported from tray 1 (standard or legal  
trays).  
Connectivity  
Cables  
Personal computers  
A parallel printer cable is required for attachment of the printer  
and must be ordered separately.  
For serial attachment, optional RS-232C serial interface card  
(P/N 11K4602) should be ordered.  
For USB attachment a USB cable is required and must be  
ordered separately.  
IBM AS/400  
For parallel attachment, a parallel cable is required.  
For serial attachment, optional RS-232C serial interface card  
(P/N 11K4602) should be ordered.  
For serial attachment to the IBM AS/400 ASCII Workstation  
Controller, refer to the IBM AS/400 ASCII Workstation  
Reference and Example manual (SA41-9922) for specific cable  
information. The printer requires the optional RS-232C serial  
interface card (P/N 11K4602).  
Connections  
C510  
C510n  
C510dtn  
Standard local connections  
Parallel & USB 2.0 Ethernet & USB Ethernet & USB  
2.0 2.0  
Standard network  
connections  
N/A  
10/100 Base-TX 10/100 Base-TX  
Ethernet Ethernet  
Optional local connections  
RS-232 Serial/Parallel IEEE 1284-C Interface Card  
Optional network  
connections  
10/100Base TX Ethernet, Token-Ring, 802.11b  
Wireless  
1-14 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Power and electrical specifications  
Printing states  
C510  
C510n  
C510dtn  
Off  
0 W  
O W  
O W  
Average power while printing  
Continuous mono printing 550 W  
Continuous color printing 370 W  
550 W  
370 W  
550 W  
370 W  
Power consumption, standby  
Power saver on  
Power saver off  
12 W  
13 W  
13 W  
150 W  
150 W  
150 W  
Maximum current while printing  
100 Volts  
115 Volts  
230 Volts  
8.1 A  
7.2 A  
2.83 A  
Average current while printing  
100 Volts  
115 Volts  
230 Volts  
6.9 A  
5.6 A  
3.0 A  
General information 1-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Environment  
Environment  
Specifications  
Operating  
Air temperature - product operating 10 to 32.5°C (50 to 90.5°F)  
Air temperature - product power off 5 to 35°C (41 to 95°F)  
Air relative humidity  
Altitude  
15 to 80%  
0 - 2,500 m (0 - 8,200 ft.)  
Ship / Storage  
1
Temperature-printer and supplies  
Relative humidity  
0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)  
10 to 90% RH  
Atmospheric pressure  
613 to 16057 hPa (460 to 800 mm Hg)  
1Severe High 35 to 40°C (95 to 104°F), Severe Low -10 to 0°C (14 to 32°F). The period  
under severe shall not be deemed to be continuous, but rather a total of such  
intermittent periods (48 hours at most for any one period).  
1-16 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Printer identification  
General information 1-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Options identification  
1-18 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Printer theory of operation  
The following diagram shows the major parts of the printer and  
paper path.  
General information 1-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Printer paper path  
The following illustration shows the paper path and the associated  
paper jam messages for jams at specific points in the paper path.  
The printer depicted in the illustration has a duplex unit and  
secondary paper feed assembly installed:  
1-20 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Printer systems description  
for more information.  
Basic principles of color printing  
Color printing is made through the subtractive process of combining  
the three primary colors: yellow, magenta, and cyan.  
Mechanical and electrical structures  
This color laser printer consists of five engineering systems: print,  
transfer, optical, paper transport, and control system.  
Print system  
The print system consists of six functional parts located around the  
optical photoconductor (OPC) belt and forms a toner image on the  
OPC belt: charge, expose, develop, first transfer, discharge, and  
clean.  
Transfer system  
The transfer system consists of three functional parts that transfers  
the toner image formed on the transfer belt to paper: transfer belt  
unit, second transfer, and cleaning roller.  
Optical system  
The optical system consists of two functional parts that forms an  
electrostatic latent image on the OPC belt using a laser light: optical  
unit and scanner motor (SCM).  
Paper transport system  
The paper transport system consists of five functional parts that  
picks up paper from the paper tray, separates the transported paper  
from the transfer belt, and exits it from the printer after fusing the  
toner image on the paper: paper tray, transport, fuser, and paper  
exit.  
General information 1-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Control system  
The control system consists of four control parts and runs the printer  
by processing the interface signals transmitted from the computer  
and the other printer systems such as the print, transfer, optical, and  
transport system: sequence control, laser control, fusing  
temperature control, and interface control.  
1-22 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Printer component systems  
General information 1-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Basic process of color printing  
1. This printer has a toner cartridge for each color yellow,  
magenta, cyan, and black.  
2. The toner image is developed with primary colors and then  
transferred to the transfer belt for color combination.  
3. The toner image formed on the transfer belt is transferred to  
paper.  
4. The toner is fused to the paper by the thermal fuser unit. During  
the fusing process, the primary colors mix, yielding the desired  
color.  
1-24 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Print system and transfer system  
This illustration shows the basic structure of the print system having  
the OPC belt as a main function, and the transfer system including  
the transfer belt. A color print is accomplished by actuating each  
process in the print system and the transfer system.  
General information 1-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Structure of OPC belt (photo developer cartridge)  
The OPC belt consists of a surface layer having an optical  
photoconductor (OPC) of organic material, the inner layer consists  
of an insulator material (PET), and the aluminum deposit layer in  
between. The OPC belt is a main part of the print system.  
1-26 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Basic structure of the print system  
The print system process consists of the following:  
1. The OPC belt is biased to the -CBV(V) by power supply CBV.  
2. The OPC belt is then evenly charged to the negative high  
voltage by the OPC charging system. The charging system  
consists of a charging brush that is biased by power supply  
CHV and a discharge roller that is biased by power supply DCV.  
3. The developer roller in the toner cartridge is biased to  
-DBV(V) by power supply DBV.  
4. Frame potential of transfer drum is GND.  
General information 1-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
5. Variation of the OPC belt potential:  
a. The OPC belt is biased to -CBV(V).  
b. The OPC belt surface is evenly charged to -Vo(V) during the  
charging process.  
c. During the exposing process, the optical unit emits a laser  
beam that strikes the OPC belt surface forming an  
electrostatic image. The electrostatic image is at -VR(V)  
potential.  
d. The negatively charged toner is moved to the OPC belt in  
the development process due to the difference between  
-VR(V) and -DBV(V). A visible image is the result.  
e. The negatively charged toner on the OPC belt is moved to  
the transfer belt because the potential GND of the transfer  
belt is greater than -VR(V) of the OPC belt.  
f. The OPC belt is discharged by the erase lamp radiating on  
the OPC belt.  
Toner image  
Latent image  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-CBV  
-CBV  
-CBV  
-CBV  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-CBV  
-CBV  
-CBV  
-CBV  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
-V0  
TEST  
PRINT  
-V0  
TEST  
PRINT  
-V0  
-V0  
OPC belt  
TEST  
Blade  
6
PRINT  
M
K
Y
C
Laser diode  
exposing  
Erase lamp  
5
Charging  
1
Developing  
3
Transfer belt  
2
4
0V  
OPC belt surface  
-CBV  
-DBV  
-VR  
(M)toner  
-V0  
Charge brush  
Developer roller  
Discharge roller  
OPC charging system  
DCV  
-CHV  
(-BRV)  
-DBV  
-CBV  
1-28 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Details of the print system  
Charging process  
In the charging process, the OPC belt is evenly charged by the  
charger unit location.  
The charger unit consists of a charging brush and a discharge roller.  
1. The charge brush charges the OPC belt surface to  
-Vo(V) potential. The charge on the surface of the OPC belt is  
then smoothed to an even -Vo(V) by the discharge roller.  
2. The charger unit controls the grid to a constant voltage of ZD(V)  
for even charging.  
General information 1-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
3. Before charging, the OPC belt surface is -CBV(V).  
The charger unit evenly charges the OPC belt surface to -Vo(V)  
by generating a negative charge.  
1-30 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Exposing process  
In the exposing process, the OPC belt surface is exposed to the  
laser light which forms an electrostatic latent image.  
The luminous source of the laser is a semiconductor laser. See  
location.  
The laser light scans the OPC belt, forming an electrostatic latent  
image.  
1. The OPC belt surface is charged to -Vo(V) potential.  
a. The laser scans the OPC belt in a rectangular pattern during  
forward movement of the OPC belt.  
b. High speed switching of the laser matches the transmitted  
image data.  
c. The charge of the areas radiated by the laser light is  
discharged, creating a -VR(V) potential.  
d. An electrostatic latent image is formed (invisible) on the  
OPC belt.  
General information 1-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Developing process  
In the developing process, an electrostatic latent image attracts  
printer toner and becomes visible on the OPC belt.  
There are four toner cartridges. See Printer theory of operation”  
on page 1-19 for toner cartridges location. The toner cartridges are  
located in the printer from top to bottom in the order of black, yellow,  
magenta, and cyan.  
1. Toner adheres to the developer roller.  
The developer roller makes contact with the surface of the OPC  
belt which begins the developing process.  
2. The developer roller has been biased to -DBV(V) potential.  
1-32 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
The first illustration shows the relationship between the toner, the  
-Vo(V) at the non-exposed area of the OPC belt and the -VR(V) at  
the exposed area of the OPC belt.  
Dev. roller  
(-CBV)+(-DBV)  
Toner  
(-CBV)  
OPC belt  
DBV  
CBV  
3. Developing is processed by toner adhering to the OPC belt due  
to the attraction between the toner and the -VR(V) charge at the  
exposed area of OPC belt. The toner image becomes visible on  
the OPC belt.  
Note: No developing takes place on the non-exposed area  
because the potential of toner and that of the non-exposed area  
of the OPC belt is an identical pole and therefore, repels.  
General information 1-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
First transfer (drum) process  
The first transfer process consists of toner images on the OPC belt  
being transferred to the transfer belt. The transfer belt is composed  
page 1-19 for transfer belt location.  
1. After the development process, the OPC belt rotates making  
contact and synchronizing with the transfer belt and the  
aluminum drum.  
Transfer belt  
Aluminum drum tube  
Aluminum drum tube  
Film (transfer belt)  
2. The OPC belt has been biased to -CBV(V) potential. The  
potential of the transfer belt and drum is nearly GND.  
3. Toner on the OPC belt is moved to the transfer belt. This occurs  
because of the difference of potential between the OPC belt and  
the transfer belt. Toner that has been developed, in each color,  
is moved from the OPC belt to the transfer belt and the two  
color toner image is overlapped on the transfer belt.  
1-34 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
4. The toner image is then transferred to paper.  
Belt discharge (erase lamp) process  
Electrical belt cleaning is accomplished by an erase lamp radiating  
on the OPC belt. Radiation discharges the residual charge -VR(V)  
remaining on the belt after the first transfer process. Electrical  
cleaning occurs after each toner color transfer. The erase lamp is a  
luminous source consisting of 24 light emitting diodes. After the  
electrical belt cleaning, the OPC belt is cleaned with a mechanical  
blade.  
General information 1-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
OPC belt  
OPC belt cleaning  
(blade)  
OPC belt discharging  
(erase lamp)  
First transfer  
Belt cleaning process  
In the belt cleaning process, residual toner adhering to the OPC belt  
surface is mechanically removed by a blade edge.  
1-36 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
The residual toner is collected in a waste toner container located by  
the waste toner feeder.  
OPC belt  
OPC belt cleaning  
(blade)  
OPC belt discharging  
First transfer  
(erase lamp)  
General information 1-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Details of the transfer system  
Second transfer (paper) process  
In the second transfer process, the toner image on the transfer belt  
is transferred to paper. See Printer theory of operationon  
page 1-19 for second transfer roller location.  
The transfer roller, normally separated from the transfer belt, is  
positively biased by the power supply THV. The transfer roller  
contacts the transfer belt as paper passes between the transfer  
roller and the transfer belt. The positive bias of the transfer roller  
causes the toner to release from the transfer belt and adhere to the  
paper.  
1-38 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
Transfer belt cleaning process  
The residual toner on the surface of the transfer belt is removed  
after the paper transfer process. See Printer theory of operation”  
on page 1-19 for transfer belt cleaner unit location.  
The belt cleaner brush is a semiconductor-type fur brush. The  
cleaning roller is charged by voltage FCBV. The resistance of the  
cleaning brush against the cleaning roller charges the brush. The  
brush in turn contacts the surface of the rotating transfer belt. The  
negatively charged toner adheres to the positively charged (FCBV)  
brush, which cleans the transfer belt. The cleaning brush does not  
contact the transfer belt during the imaging process.  
Waste toner, adhering to the surface of the cleaning roller, is  
removed by the cleaning blade, routed by the waste toner feeder to  
the waste toner container where it is deposited.  
General information 1-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Details of the optical system  
In the optical system process, the printer utilizes a semiconductor  
laser diode as a light source. This laser diode is controlled by fast  
switching which matches the transmitted image data (video signal).  
The generated laser light scans the OPC belt through a polygon  
mirror and lens. The electrostatic latent images are formed on the  
OPC belt.  
The Optical printhead unit consists of following parts:  
No.  
Description  
PD: photo detector  
1
Polygon mirror: hexahedral mirror that reflects the laser  
beam  
2
Cylinder lens: laser beam condenser  
Laser unit: laser diode light emitting source  
LDC: laser diode control circuit  
3
4
5
BTD mirror: beam timing detector mirror to guide the  
laser beam to PD  
6
7
Scanner motor: rotates the polygon mirror  
1-40 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
No.  
8
Description  
F-lens: laser beam focus lens  
Mirror: laser beam path reflecting mirror  
9
General information 1-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Details of the paper transportation system  
In the paper transportation process, paper is automatically fed by  
the pick-up roller and transported to the registration roller. The  
registration roller synchronizes with the transfer belt. The  
registration roller transports the paper to the transfer roller. During  
the transfer process, the transfer roller forwards the paper to the  
fuser rollers. During the fusing process, the fuser rollers transport  
the fused paper to the exit roller and the exit roller pushes the final  
paper out of the rear cover assembly.  
The paper transportation system consists of the following parts:  
No.  
1
Part  
Function  
Paper tray  
Accommodates paper to be automatically fed  
through the printer.  
Pick-up roller  
Feeds paper one by one, preventing multi-feed.  
2
Registration  
roller  
Transports and synchronizes paper with the  
transfer belt.  
3
1-42 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
No.  
Part  
Function  
Transfer roller  
Works in conjunction with the transfer belt to  
transfer the image to paper and to transport the  
paper to the fuser.  
4
Fuser unit  
Utilizes a heat roller to fuse the toner image to  
the paper.  
5
6
Paper exit  
roller  
Exits the fused paper from the printer.  
General information 1-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Fusing unit  
The fusing unit utilizes a thermal fusing system that contains a  
heated fusing roller and a belt-like backup roller. The heated roller  
contains an inner heating element. The backup roller contains three  
pressure members located behind the belt. Paper carrying a toner  
image passes between the rollers where heat and pressure are  
applied to the paper to fuse the toner to the paper.  
The fusing unit consists of the following components:  
No.  
1
Part  
Function  
Fusing roller  
Used for fusing, containing a heater.  
Back-up roller  
Fusing heater  
Pressure roller.  
2
Heating device heated by a halogen lamp.  
3
1-44 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
No.  
Part  
Function  
Thermistor  
Sensor that detects the temperature of the  
fuser rollers surface.  
4
Thermal fuse  
Protective device that prevents the fuser roller  
from being excessively heated.  
5
General information 1-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Fusing process  
1. When the paper reaches the fuser, the toner image is  
transferred on the paper, but not yet fused to the paper.  
2. The transported paper passes between the heated roller and  
the back-up roller. The heated rollers temperature is  
approximately 338°F (170°C).  
3. When the paper with toner image passes between the heated  
roller and the backup roller, the heat from the heated roller in  
combination with the pressure between the two rollers, melts  
the toner, fusing it to the paper.  
4. The fused paper then separates from the rollers and is  
transported out of the printer into the output bin or is routed  
back into the printer for printing on the other side of the duplex  
print.  
1-46 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Control system structure  
Electrical system and function  
The engine board controls most of the main electrical parts in this  
printer.  
No.  
Control process  
Function  
1
Print process  
control  
Controls print process from paper feed  
through paper exit.  
2
3
Laser output  
control  
Automatically controls laser output to the  
default.  
Fuser  
temperature  
control  
Controls fuser heater, allowing heated  
roller to reach default temperature.  
4
5
Toner sensing  
control  
Controls sensing of toner empty status.  
Interface control  
(video signal)  
Processes the input and output signal with  
external controller computer.  
6
7
Operator panel  
indicator  
Displays printer operation status.  
Error control  
Controls safe stop procedures when errors  
occur.  
General information 1-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
Control of print process  
Control block diagram  
No.  
Control process  
Function  
1
Sequence control  
Controls print sequence of printer.  
2
3
Temperature  
control  
Controls temperature of fuser unit.  
Consumableslife  
control  
Controls toner empty status for each toner  
cartridge and life of periodic replacement  
parts.  
4
5
6
7
Operator panel  
control  
Controls operator panel indication and  
operator signals.  
Error processing  
control  
Senses errors occurring as well as stop  
procedures.  
Interface control  
Controls receipt and transmission of interface  
signals from external controller.  
Laser control  
Controls laser scanning and laser power.  
Note: A micro CPU mounted on the engine board controls the print  
processes.  
1-48 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Print sequence diagram  
General information 1-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Laser drive control circuit  
The laser drive control circuit (LDC) consists of a video signal input  
circuit, laser drive circuit, laser diode, output sensing circuit, and  
output control circuit. See the illustration.  
1. When the video signal is received, the laser drive control circuit  
switches the laser diode switch on and radiates according to the  
video signal.  
2. The radiated laser beam senses the photo detector (PD). The  
detected signal is returned to the output control circuit.  
3. The output control circuit controls the radiated output to a  
constant, by comparing the laser output default with the  
feedback value transmitted from the output sensing circuit.  
4. The laser beam, scanned by the scanner motor, is sensed by  
the beam detector (PD), and then outputs the beam detecting  
timing (BDT) signal.  
1-50 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Interface control  
Interface type  
Through the video interface, the RIP controls the printer and  
operator panel using command/status communication and transmits  
the synchronized video data to the printer laser diode. The operator  
panel is physically resident on the engine.  
Interface connection  
The interface connector of the laser printer is connected to the host  
system as shown in the following illustration.  
General information 1-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
1-52 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
2. Diagnostic information  
Start  
CAUTION: Remove power from the printer before you connect or  
disconnect any cable, electronic board or assembly, for personal  
safety and to prevent damage to the printer. Always use the hand  
grips on the side of the printer and be sure your fingers are not  
under the printer when you set the printer down.  
Use the service error codes, user status messages, user error  
messages, symptom tables, service checks, and diagnostic aids, to  
determine the corrective action necessary to repair a malfunctioning  
printer.  
Service error codes are indicated by a three-digit error code. If a  
service error code displays, go to the Service error codeson  
User status messages provide the user with information on the  
current status of the printer. Readydisplays on the first line of the  
display unless Power Saver is invoked, then Power Saver is  
displayed. If a user status message displays, go to the Operator  
User error messages are indicated by a two- or three-digit error code  
which provides the user with information explaining a problem with a  
print cartridge, paper jam, option, port, and so on. If a user error  
message displays, go to theOperator messageson page 2-9.  
The User Messages section sometimes allows a servicer to isolate  
printer problems. This section also gives actions to be taken when  
they do not set or clear.  
If you have a failing symptom, go to the Symptom tableson  
page 2-25. Locate your symptom and take the appropriate action.  
If a service error code appears while you are working on the printer,  
appropriate action.  
Diagnostic information 2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Service error codes  
Error code  
Action  
900  
Contact customer service center, or Lexmark support  
center  
RIP Software  
901  
Yellow developer  
clutch error (DCLY)  
902  
Magenta developer  
clutch error (DCLM)  
903  
Cyan developer  
clutch error (DCLC)  
904  
Black developer  
clutch error (DCLK)  
905  
Yellow toner retract  
solenoid error  
(DSLY)  
906  
Magenta toner retract  
solenoid error  
(DSLM)  
907  
Cyan toner retract  
solenoid error  
(DSLC)  
908  
Black toner retract  
solenoid error  
(DSLK)  
2-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Error code  
Action  
910  
Developing motor  
(DM) error  
911  
Main motor (MM)  
error  
912  
Power supply fan  
(PSFAN) error  
913  
Fuser fan (FUFAN)  
error  
914  
Laser fan error  
915  
Erase lamp error  
916  
Toner empty sensor  
connection error 1  
(TPD)  
917  
Toner empty sensor  
connection error 2  
(TTR)  
918  
High voltage power  
supply connection  
error  
919  
Secondary paper  
feed assembly error  
Diagnostic information 2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Error code  
Action  
920  
Fuser thermistor  
error  
Fuser temperature  
error  
92X  
Fuser is in a maintenance state and needs to be  
replaced before any other action can be taken.  
Fuser exhausted  
Replace fuser assembly (see Fuser assembly  
removalon page 4-9) and note whether any error  
code exists.  
Note: Fuser is a customer-order supply.  
930  
Indicates that printhead laser output is low.  
Laser power error  
931  
Indicates that printhead laser scanning beam is not  
detected by the beam sensor.  
Beam detector error  
(BDT)  
932  
Indicates abnormal rotation of printhead scanner  
motor.  
Scanner motor error  
(SM)  
939  
Indicates that the RIP board processor cannot  
communicate with processor. Remove and reinstall  
page 4-45. Ensure RIP board makes proper  
connection with engine controller board connector.  
Ensure engine controller board is properly installed.  
If error persists, replace RIP board. If error still  
persists, replace engine controller board. See  
RIP to engine  
communication  
945  
Turn power off and then back on.  
Engine board  
NVRAM error  
If error still exists, replace engine controller board.  
2-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Error code  
Action  
946  
Turn power off and then back on.  
Engine controller  
hardware error  
If error still exists, replace engine controller board.  
947  
Indicates synchronization signal from main motor  
(MM) is not inputted.  
Process timing clock  
error  
953  
Indicates engine board NVRAM failed.  
NVRAM chip failure  
Replace engine controller board. Go to Engine  
954  
Indicates the operator panel failed CRC check.  
NVRAM CRC failure  
Replace the operator panel cable. Go to Operator  
955  
Indicates that on-board NAND flash located on RIP  
board has failed CRC check. Replace RIP board. Go  
Code CRC  
955  
Indicates that on-board NAND flash located on RIP  
board has failed CRC check. Replace RIP board. Go  
Code ECC  
956  
Indicates a problem with RIP board processor.  
Replace RIP board. Go to RIP board removalon  
Processor failure  
957  
Indicates a problem with RIP board ASIC. Replace  
ASIC failure  
958  
Indicates that on-board NAND flash located on RIP  
board has failed. Replace RIP board. Go to RIP  
NAND failure  
959  
Indicates a problem with RIP board SRAM. Replace  
SRAM failure  
960  
Indicates that RIP board soldered RAM is bad.  
Replace RIP board. Go to RIP board removalon  
Memory error  
Diagnostic information 2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Error code  
Action  
961  
Indicates RAM in slot 1 is bad. Replace memory in  
slot 1. If error persists, replace RIP board. Go to RIP  
Memory error  
962  
Indicates RAM in slot 2 is bad. Replace memory in  
slot 2. If error persists, replace RIP board. Go to RIP  
Memory error  
964  
Indicates a failure within a download emulation that is  
programmed into the firmware card. To troubleshoot,  
perform the following:  
Emulation error  
1. Disable download emulation. Go to Disabling  
2. Reprogram download emulation into the firmware  
card.  
3. If 964 error is still present, replace firmware card  
and download emulation again.  
975  
Indicates a problem with the network port.  
Unrecognizable  
network port  
Network printer  
Replace RIP board. Go to RIP board removalon  
Standard printer with INA  
Replace INA. If error persists, replace RIP board. Go  
976  
Indicates a problem with network port.  
Network printer  
Unrecognizable  
software error in  
network port  
Replace RIP board. Go to RIP board removalon  
Standard printer with INA  
Replace INA. If error persists, replace RIP board. Go  
978  
Indicates a problem with the network port.  
Bad checksum while  
programming  
network port  
Network printer  
Replace RIP board. Go to RIP board removalon  
Standard printer with INA  
Replace INA. If error persists, replace RIP board. Go  
2-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Error code  
Action  
979  
Indicates a problem with the network port.  
Flash parts failed  
while programming  
network port  
Network printer  
Replace RIP board. Go to RIP board removalon  
Standard printer with INA  
Replace INA. If terror persists, replace RIP board. Go  
980  
Indicates a communication problem between engine  
controller board and duplex unit.  
Duplex controller  
hardware error 1  
Ensure that duplex cable is connected.  
If cable is connected and error persists, replace  
duplex unit.  
If replacing duplex unit does not clear error,  
replace engine controller board. Go to Engine  
982  
Indicates a communication problem between engine  
controller board and duplex unit.  
Duplex controller  
hardware error 1  
Ensure that duplex cable is connected.  
If cable is connected and error persists, replace  
duplex unit.  
If replacing duplex unit does not clear error,  
replace engine controller board. Go to Engine  
983  
Indicates a blown motor-protective current fuse  
located on DCTL board in duplex unit. Replace  
duplex unit.  
Duplex motor error  
984  
Indicates a duplex solenoid problem. Replace duplex  
unit.  
Outer pass select  
solenoid error  
985  
Indicates that there is a connection problem between  
the duplex unit and the low voltage power supply.  
Duplex connection  
error 1  
986  
Indicates that there is a connection problem between  
the duplex unit and engine controller board.  
Duplex connection  
error 2  
Diagnostic information 2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Error code  
Action  
990  
Indicates unstable transfer belt rotation; color  
matching cannot be secured.  
Transfer belt (transfer  
unit) error  
991  
Indicates a problem with transfer roller cable  
connection.  
Transfer roller clutch  
error  
992  
Indicates a problem with transfer unit cleaning roller  
clutch cable connection.  
Cleaning roller clutch  
error  
993  
Indicates a problem with fuser clutch cable  
connection.  
Fuser clutch error  
994  
Indicates marker on OPC belt (photodeveloper  
cartridge) is not being properly detected by marker  
sensor.  
OPC belt marker  
sensor error  
995  
Indicates a problem with HVPS charging voltage  
supplied to the OPC (photodeveloper cartridge)  
charging unit.  
Charger HV unit error  
996  
LVPS error  
2-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Operator messages  
Message  
Description  
Action  
Change Tray <x>  
<type> <size>  
Printer is requesting Ensure tray contains proper  
different media than type and size of media for job.  
what is loaded in  
Remove tray from machine.  
specified tray or  
defined by paper  
size or paper type  
settings for tray.  
Remove paper from tray.  
Change paper size length.  
Observe paper size sensor  
actuator, located on the side of  
the tray, movement as you  
change to various paper sizes.  
Actuator should move back  
and forth. If actuator does not  
move back and forth, replace  
paper tray.  
If problem persists, go to  
Close Duplex Door  
Close Front Cover  
Duplex door is  
open.  
Front cover is open. Open and reclose front cover.  
Ensure that strap connecting  
front cover to printer is  
attached to printer.  
If problem persists, go to  
Close Rear Cover  
Close Top Cover  
Rear cover  
assembly is open.  
Open and close rear cover  
assembly.  
If problem persists, go to  
Top cover is open.  
Open and reclose top cover.  
If problem persists, go to  
Diagnostic information 2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
Did you replace  
Fuser?  
Fuser page counter Replace fuser.  
has exceeded fuser  
page limit.  
Note: This is a customer  
ordered part.  
Pressing Select clears  
maintenance counter.  
Press Stop to continue  
printing. This does not clear  
maintenance counter. Fuser  
remains in warning state, and  
message appears again each  
time rear cover is opened.  
Did you replace the This message  
Replace photodeveloper  
cartridge and press Go.  
Photodev Cart?  
appears when the  
top door is closed or Pressing Go clears  
when you answer  
maintenance counter.  
another  
replacement  
Press Stop to continue  
printing. This does not clear  
maintenance counter.  
Message 83 Photodev  
Exhausted returns after  
pressing Stop. Photodeveloper  
cartridge remains in warning  
state, and this message  
appears again each time top  
cover is opened.  
message, and  
photodeveloper  
cartridge is either in  
a warning or  
exhausted state  
requiring that you  
replace it.  
Secondary  
message appears  
with instructions.  
2-10 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
Menus Disabled  
Printer menus have If operator has disabled menu  
been disabled. This and you want to run operator  
occurs when  
print tests, turn machine Off  
<Menu> is pressed and then press Return and  
while printer is  
Ready and menu  
Select as you turn machine  
on.  
lockout is active.  
The printer display  
shows this  
message for one  
second and then  
returns to Ready  
message.  
No button actions  
are possible while  
this message is  
displayed.  
Not Ready  
Printer is in not  
ready state, which  
means it is not  
ready to receive or  
process data.  
Press Go to take the printer  
out of the not ready state.  
This message  
displays when Stop  
is pressed during a  
print job.  
Performing Self Test Printer is running  
normal series of  
Printer performs self-test.  
start-up tests after it  
is powered on.  
When tests are  
complete, printer  
returns to Ready.  
No button actions  
are possible while  
this message is  
displayed.  
Diagnostic information 2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
Power Saver  
Printer is ready to  
receive and process  
data. If printer  
Send a job to print.  
Press Go to quickly warm  
remains inactive for printer to normal operating  
period of time  
temperature and display  
Ready message.  
specified in Power  
Saver menu item  
(20 minutes is  
factory default),  
Power Saver  
message replaces  
Ready message on  
display.  
Remove paper  
Standard bin  
Output bin is full.  
Bin full warning is  
cleared when  
output level  
reported by bin is  
no longer full.  
Supplies  
TMA  
At least one printer  
supply requires  
attention.  
Press Menu to open Supplies  
Menu and identify which  
supply item needs replacing.  
Replace appropriate printer  
supply.  
Toner mass  
adjustment.  
Wait for message to clear.  
Printer is  
performing a toner  
mass adjustment.  
This is a secondary  
message that  
appears on second  
line of operator  
panel when Engine  
Warming and  
Performing Self  
Test messages  
appear.  
2-12 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
Tray <x> Empty  
Input tray is empty.  
Load media of size and type  
requested in second line of  
display in specified tray. Printer  
automatically clears message  
and continues printing job. If  
problem persists, go to Tray  
Tray <x> missing  
Specified tray is  
either missing or  
not fully inserted.  
Ensure tray is fully inserted in  
printer. If problem persists, go  
30 <color> Toner  
Cart Missing  
Specified cartridge  
(Cyan, Magenta,  
Yellow, or Black) is  
not installed in the  
printer.  
Insert cartridge and close front  
cover to clear message. If  
message persists, go to  
32 Unsupported  
Print Cartridge  
Unsupported print  
cartridge has been  
installed in printer.  
Remove print cartridge and  
insert a supported print  
cartridge. If problem persists,  
34 Incorrect Media  
34 Short Paper  
Printer has detected Remove paper tray. Ensure  
a mismatch in  
requested media  
type and type  
loaded.  
media selected for print job is  
in tray. If problem persists, go  
Printer has  
determined that  
length of paper in  
Press Go to clear message.  
Ensure paper size setting in  
paper menu is correct for  
source specified on paper size. If problem persists,  
second line of  
display is too short  
to print formatted  
data.  
Diagnostic information 2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
35 Res Save Off  
Deficient Memory  
Printer lacks  
Press Go to disable Resource  
Save and continue printing.  
memory needed to  
enable Resource  
Save. This  
message usually  
indicates too much  
memory is allocated  
for one or more of  
printer link buffers.  
To enable Resource Save after  
you get this message:  
Make sure link buffers are  
set to Auto, and exit menus  
to activate link buffer  
changes.  
When Ready is displayed,  
enable Resource Save from  
the Setup Menu.  
Install additional memory.  
37 Insufficient  
Collation Area  
Printer memory (or  
hard disk, if  
installed) does not  
have free space  
necessary to collate  
print job.  
Press Go to print portion of job  
already stored and begin  
collating rest of job.  
Press Menu to open Job Menu  
and cancel current job.  
37 Insufficient  
Defrag Memory  
Printer cannot  
Delete fonts, macros, and  
other data in printer memory.  
defragment flash  
memory, because  
printer memory  
used to store  
Install additional printer  
memory.  
undeleted flash  
resources is full.  
2-14 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
37 Insufficient  
Memory  
Printer memory is  
full and cannot  
continueprocessing Printer frees memory by  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue current print job.  
current print jobs.  
deleting oldest held job and  
continues deleting held jobs  
until there is enough printer  
memory to process job.  
Press Stop to clear message  
without deleting any held jobs.  
Current job may not print  
correctly.  
Press Menu to open Job Menu  
and cancel current job.  
To avoid this error in future:  
Delete fonts, macros, and  
other data in printer  
memory.  
Install additional printer  
memory.  
Note: Messages 37  
Insufficient Memory and Held  
Jobs May Be Lost alternate on  
display.  
38 Memory Full  
Printer is  
processing data,  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing job. Job  
but memory used to may not print correctly.  
store pages is full.  
Press Menu to open Job Menu  
and cancel current job.  
To avoid this error in future:  
Simplify print job by  
reducing amount of text or  
graphics on a page and  
deleting unnecessary  
downloaded fonts or  
macros.  
Install additional printer  
memory.  
Diagnostic information 2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
39 Complex Page  
Page may not print  
correctly because  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing job. Job  
print information on may not print correctly.  
page is too  
complex.  
Press Menu to open Job Menu  
and cancel current job.  
To avoid this error in future:  
Reduce complexity of page  
by reducing amount of text  
or graphics on page and  
deleting unnecessary  
downloaded fonts or  
macros.  
Set Page Protect to On in  
Setup Menu.  
Install additional printer  
memory.  
51 Defective Flash  
Printer detects  
defective flash  
memory.  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing. You  
must install different flash  
memory before you can  
download any resources to  
flash.  
52 Flash Full  
There is not enough Press Go to clear message  
free space in flash  
memory to store  
data you are trying  
to download.  
and continue printing.  
Downloaded fonts and macros  
not previously stored in flash  
memory are deleted.  
Delete fonts, macros, and  
other data stored on flash  
memory.  
Install flash memory with more  
storage capacity.  
53 Unformatted  
Flash  
Printer detects  
unformatted flash  
memory.  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing. You  
must format flash memory  
before you can store any  
resources on it.  
If error message remains, flash  
memory may be defective and  
require replacing.  
2-16 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
54 Serial Option  
<x> Error  
Printerhas detected Make sure serial link is set up  
a serial interface  
error on a serial  
port.  
correctly and you are using  
appropriate cable.  
54 Standard Serial  
Error  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing. Job may  
not print correctly.  
Press Menu to open Job Menu  
and reset printer.  
54 Network <x>  
Software Error  
Printer cannot  
establish  
communications  
with an installed  
network port.  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing. Job may  
not print correctly.  
54 Std Network  
Software Error  
Program new firmware for  
network interface by way of  
parallel port.  
Press Menu to open Job Menu  
and reset printer.  
54 Std Par ENA  
Connection Lost  
Printer has lost  
connection to an  
external print server attached. Turn printer off and  
(also called an  
external network  
adapter or ENA).  
Make sure cable connecting  
ENA and printer is securely  
54 Par <x> ENA  
Connection Lost  
then on to reset printer.  
Press Go to clear the  
message. Printer erases any  
reference to ENA and then  
resets.  
55 Unsupported  
Option in Slot <x>  
An unsupported  
option card is  
installed in one of  
Turn off and unplug printer.  
Remove unsupported option.  
Plug in printer and turn it on.  
55 Unsupported  
Flash in Slot <x>  
ports or an  
unsupported flash  
DIMM is installed in  
a memory slot.  
56 Serial Port <x>  
Disabled  
Data has been sent Press Go to clear message.  
to printer through a  
serial port, but  
serial port is  
Printer discards any data  
received through serial port.  
Make sure Serial Buffer menu  
item in Serial Menu is not set  
to Disabled.  
disabled.  
Diagnostic information 2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
56 Parallel Port <x> Data has been sent Press Go to clear message.  
Disabled  
to printer through a  
parallel port, but  
parallel port is  
disabled.  
Printer discards any data  
received through parallel port.  
56 Std Parallel Port  
Disabled  
Make sure Parallel Buffer  
menu item in Parallel Menu is  
not set to Disabled.  
57 Configuration  
Change  
Printer cannot  
Press Go to clear message.  
restore confidential  
or held jobs on hard  
disk because print  
configuration has  
changed.  
Note: Messages 57  
Configuration Change and  
Held Jobs May Not Be  
Restored alternate on display.  
58 Too Many Flash  
Options  
Too many flash  
memory options are Remove excess flash memory.  
installed on printer.  
Turn off and unplug printer.  
Plug in printer and turn it on.  
61 Defective Disk  
Printer detects a  
defective hard disk. and continue printing.  
Press Go to clear message  
Install a different hard disk  
before you perform any  
operations that require one.  
62 Disk Full  
There is not enough Press Go to clear message  
memory on hard  
disk to store data  
sent to printer.  
and continue processing. Any  
information not previously  
stored on hard disk is deleted.  
Delete fonts, macros, and  
other data stored on hard disk.  
63 Unformatted  
Disk  
Printer detects an  
unformatted hard  
disk.  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing.  
Format disk before performing  
any disk operations. To format  
disk, select Format Disk from  
Utilities Menu.  
If error message remains, hard  
disk may be defective and  
require replacing. Install a new  
hard disk and format it.  
2-18 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
64 Unsupported  
Disk Format  
Printer detects an  
unsupported disk  
format.  
Press Go to clear message.  
Format disk.  
Note: Disk operations are not  
allowed until disk is formatted.  
80 Transfer Roller  
Missing  
Transfer roller is  
missing or not  
properly installed.  
Ensure transfer roller is  
properly installed. If problem  
persists, go to Transfer roller  
82 Waste Bottle  
Nearly Full  
Toner waste bottle  
is almost full.  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing.  
Replace waste toner bottle. If  
message does not clear, go to  
82 Waste Toner  
Bottle Full or  
Missing  
Waste toner bottle  
is full or missing.  
Replace waste toner bottle and  
press Go to clear message.  
83 Photodev Cart  
Exhausted  
Photodeveloper  
cartridge is  
completely used.  
Replace photodeveloper  
cartridge.  
83 Photodev Cart  
Life Warning  
Photodeveloper  
cartridge is nearing and continue printing.  
end of life.  
Press Go to clear message  
Replace photodeveloper  
cartridge.  
83 Photodev Cart  
Missing  
Photodeveloper  
cartridge is either  
missing or  
Correctly install  
photodeveloper cartridge to  
clear message and continue  
incorrectly installed. printing.  
Diagnostic information 2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
87 Fuser Exhausted Fuser is completely Replace fuser.  
used.  
If problem persists, check  
cable for continuity that  
connects engine controller  
board connector FUCN and  
fuser. If cable is bad, replace  
cable. Otherwise, replace  
engine controller board. Go to  
87 Fuser Life  
Warning  
Fuser is nearing  
end of life.  
Press Go to clear message  
and continue printing.  
Replace fuser. Go to Fuser  
Note: Fuser is a customer  
ordered part.  
If problem persists, check  
cable for continuity that  
connects engine controller  
board connector FUCN and  
fuser. If cable is bad, replace  
cable. Otherwise, replace  
engine controller board. Go to  
87 Fuser Missing  
Fuser is either  
missing or  
Correctly install fuser. Go to  
incorrectly installed. on page 4-9.  
If problem persists, check  
cable for continuity that  
connects engine controller  
board connector FUCN and  
fuser. If cable is bad, replace  
cable. Otherwise, replace  
engine controller board. Go to  
2-20 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Message  
Description  
Action  
88 <color> Toner  
Empty  
Printer has ceased  
operating because  
specified toner  
Replace specified toner  
cartridge. If problem persists,  
cartridge is empty.  
88 <color> Toner  
Low  
Printerhas detected Replace specified toner  
that toner supply in  
specified cartridge  
is low.  
cartridge. If problem persists,  
Diagnostic information 2-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Paper jam messages  
The following illustration lists paper jam messages indicating where  
paper jam occurred.  
CAUTION: When clearing paper jams, inside of the printer may be  
hot. Allow printer to cool before touching any internal components.  
2-22 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
To locate the  
jam…  
Message  
Action  
201 Paper Jam  
Open Rear Door  
Open rear  
cover  
assembly  
Indicates media is jammed in inner  
area (between paper registration  
sensor and paper exit sensor) of  
printer.  
Open rear cover assembly to access  
area of paper jam.  
Clear all paper from paper path.  
Check registration sensor and its  
actuator. Replace if damaged. See  
Ensure connector DCN16 on I/O  
board is connected. If connector is  
attached and error persists, replace  
on page 4-70. If error persists,  
replace engine controller board. See  
202 Paper Jam  
Open Rear Door cover  
assembly  
Open rear  
Indicates media is jammed in outer  
area (fuser exit sensor) of printer.  
Open rear cover assembly to access  
area of paper jam.  
Clear all paper from paper path.  
Check fuser exit sensor (located in  
paper exit assembly) and its  
actuator. Replace if damaged. See  
Ensure connector DCN7 on I/O  
board is connected. If connector is  
attached and error persists, replace  
on page 4-70. If error persists,  
replace engine controller board. See  
Diagnostic information 2-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
To locate the  
jam…  
Message  
Action  
230 Paper Jam  
Open Duplex  
Door  
Open duplex  
door  
Indicates media is jammed between  
duplex redrive and duplex door.  
Open duplex door to access jam.  
Clear all paper from paper path.  
If error persists, replace duplex unit.  
231 Paper Jam  
Open Duplex  
Door  
Open duplex  
door  
Indicates media is jammed behind  
duplex redrive.  
Open duplex door to access jam.  
Clear all paper from paper path.  
If error persists, replace duplex unit.  
241 Paper Jam  
Check Tray 1  
Remove tray  
1 to access  
jam  
Indicates media is jammed in or around  
paper tray 1.  
If tray is difficult to remove, remove  
tray above or below to remove  
jammed pages.  
Ensure no paper is jammed at  
pickup roll.  
If clearing paper doesnt resolve  
242 Paper Jam  
Check Tray 2  
Open the  
paper tray  
Indicates media is jammed in or around  
paper tray 2.  
If tray is difficult to remove, remove  
tray above or below to remove  
jammed pages.  
Ensure no paper is jammed at  
pickup roll.  
If clearing paper doesnt resolve  
problem, replace secondary paper feed  
assembly. See Secondary paper  
2-24 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Symptom tables  
Printer symptom table  
Symptom  
Action  
Operator panel buttons do not  
work  
Operator panel display is blank,  
printer beeps 5 times  
Operator panel continuously  
displays all diamonds and beeps  
5 times  
Operator panel display is blank,  
but printer does not beep  
Replace operator panel assembly.  
Paper feed problems  
Close door displayed when all  
doors are closed  
page 2-9 and follow the action  
suggested.  
Printer does not reset or change  
user settings  
page 2-9 and follow the action  
suggested.  
Paper jam messages do not reset  
after removing paper  
page 2-9 and follow the action  
suggested.  
Toner cartridge does not turn or  
does not put toner on the  
photodeveloper cartridge.  
Developer motor makes noise or  
continuously runs  
Main motor makes noise or  
continuously runs  
Transfer belt unit makes noise  
when rotated or does not rotate at  
all  
Diagnostic information 2-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Symptom  
Action  
The transfer roll is not transferring  
images or does not turn  
No power  
Waste toner feed problems  
Fans not working or making noise  
page 2-2. Find the failing fan and  
follow the action suggested.  
Print/image problems  
Printer does not stop when exit  
tray is full  
Photodeveloper cartridge does  
not rotate or makes noise  
Wrong color print  
Ensure developer clutch connectors  
(DCLK, DCLY, DCLM, DCLC) on the  
I/O board are plugged into the  
correct position.  
2-26 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Print quality symptom table  
Symptom  
Action  
Background  
Missing image at edge  
Jitter  
Ribbing  
Wrinkle and image migration  
White line  
White line  
Vertical white band  
Black line  
Vertical line  
Vertical staggering image  
Banding  
White band  
Toner drop  
White spots and black spots  
Mixed color image  
Diagnostic information 2-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Symptom  
Action  
Color misregistration  
Mottle  
Residual image  
Insufficient gloss  
Back stain  
White print  
Insufficient fusing  
2-28 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Printer service checks  
901Yellow developer clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
page 4-22. Is developer  
clutch cable properly  
connected?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Go to step  
5.  
2
3
4
Is developer clutch cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 3.  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Disconnect clutch cable.  
On clutch side, measure  
resistance between two  
outer pins. Is resistance  
between 139 and 171  
ohms?  
Go to step 4.  
Replace  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable.  
Go to step 5.  
board. SeeI/O  
Go to step 5.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 21 and 22 to  
connector that attaches to  
yellow developer clutch  
cable. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
If waste toner bottle is  
removed, reinsert it.  
Ensure rear cover  
Go to step 6.  
Problem solved.  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Does 901  
error reappear?  
6
Turn printer off and remove  
engine controller board  
shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
damage, pin shorting and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
2-30 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
902Magenta developer clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
page 4-22. Is developer  
clutch cable properly  
connected?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Go to step  
5.  
2
3
4
Is developer clutch cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 3.  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Disconnect clutch cable.  
On clutch side, measure  
resistance between two  
outer pins. Is resistance  
between 139 and 171  
ohms?  
Go to step 4.  
Replace  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable.  
Go to step 5.  
board. SeeI/O  
Go to step 5.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 19 and 20 to  
connector that attaches to  
magenta developer clutch  
cable. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
If waste toner bottle is  
removed, reinsert it.  
Ensure rear cover  
Go to step 6.  
Problem solved.  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Does 902  
error reappear?  
6
Turn printer off and remove  
engine controller board  
shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
damage, pin shorting and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
2-32 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
903Cyan developer clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
page 4-22. Is developer  
clutch cable properly  
connected?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Go to step  
5.  
2
3
4
Is developer clutch cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 3.  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Disconnect clutch cable.  
On clutch side, measure  
resistance between two  
outer pins. Is resistance  
between 139 and 171  
ohms?  
Go to step 4.  
Replace  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable.  
Go to step 5.  
board. SeeI/O  
Go to step 5.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 17 and 18 to  
connector that attaches to  
cyan developer clutch  
cable. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
If waste toner bottle is  
removed, reinsert it.  
Ensure rear cover  
Go to step 6.  
Problem solved.  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Does 903  
error reappear?  
6
Turn printer off and remove  
engine controller board  
shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
damage, pin shorting and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
2-34 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
904Black developer clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
page 4-22. Is developer  
clutch cable properly  
connected?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Go to step  
5.  
2
3
4
Is developer clutch cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 3.  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Disconnect clutch cable.  
On clutch side, measure  
resistance between two  
outer pins. Is resistance  
between 139 and 171  
ohms?  
Go to step 4.  
Replace  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable.  
Go to step 5.  
board. SeeI/O  
Go to step 5.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 23 and 24 to  
connector that attaches to  
black developer clutch  
cable. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
If waste toner bottle is  
removed, reinsert it.  
Ensure rear cover  
Go to step 6.  
Problem solved.  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Does 904  
error reappear?  
6
Turn printer off and remove  
engine controller board  
shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
damage, pin shorting and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
2-36 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
905Yellow toner retract solenoid service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect DCN4  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 2.  
board. See I/O  
Go to step 5.  
connector from I/O board.  
Measure resistance  
between cable pins 3 and  
4. Is resistance between  
162 and 198 ohms?  
2
Remove items to expose  
toner retract solenoid. See  
Toner retract solenoid  
and cam removalon  
page 4-64 for steps. Check  
toner retract solenoid cable  
connection. Is cable  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
properly connected?  
3
Check toner retract  
solenoid cable and  
connecting cable for visible  
damage. Is either cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 4.  
damaged cable  
or toner retract  
solenoid. See  
Toner retract  
cam removal”  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
4
Disconnect toner retract  
solenoid cable from cable  
that attaches to I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN4 pins 3 and 4 to  
Replace toner  
retract solenoid.  
retractsolenoid  
Replace cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
connector that attaches to  
toner retract solenoid.  
removalon  
Ensure that pins are not  
shorted. Is cable okay?  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
Diagnostic information 2-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
Reassemble and retest  
printer. Does 905 error  
reappear?  
Turn printer off  
and replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Problem solved.  
Engine  
board removal”  
2-38 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
906Magenta toner retract solenoid service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect DCN4  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 2.  
board. See I/O  
Go to step 5.  
connector from I/O board.  
Measure resistance  
between cable pins 5 and  
6. Is resistance between  
162 and 198 ohms?  
2
Remove items to expose  
toner retract solenoid. See  
Toner retract solenoid  
and cam removalon  
page 4-64 for steps. Check  
toner retract solenoid cable  
connection. Is cable  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
properly connected?  
3
Check toner retract  
solenoid cable and  
connecting cable for visible  
damage. Is either cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 4.  
damaged cable  
or toner retract  
solenoid. See  
Toner retract  
cam removal”  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
4
Disconnect toner retract  
solenoid cable from cable  
that attaches to I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN4 pins 5 and 6 to  
Replace toner  
retract solenoid.  
retractsolenoid  
Replace cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
connector that attaches to  
toner retract solenoid.  
removalon  
Ensure that pins are not  
shorted. Is cable okay?  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
Diagnostic information 2-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
Reassemble and retest  
printer. Does 906 error  
reappear?  
Turn printer off  
and replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Problem solved.  
Engine  
board removal”  
2-40 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
907Cyan toner retract solenoid service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect DCN4  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 2.  
board. See I/O  
Go to step 5.  
connector from I/O board.  
Measure resistance  
between cable pins 7 and  
8. Is resistance between  
162 and 198 ohms?  
2
Remove items to expose  
toner retract solenoid. See  
Toner retract solenoid  
and cam removalon  
page 4-64 for steps. Check  
toner retract solenoid cable  
connection. Is cable  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
properly connected?  
3
Check toner retract  
solenoid cable and  
connecting cable for visible  
damage. Is either cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 4.  
damaged cable  
or toner retract  
solenoid. See  
Toner retract  
cam removal”  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
4
Disconnect toner retract  
solenoid cable from cable  
that attaches to I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN4 pins 7 and 8 to  
Replace toner  
retract solenoid.  
retractsolenoid  
Replace cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
connector that attaches to  
toner retract solenoid.  
removalon  
Ensure that pins are not  
shorted. Is cable okay?  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
Diagnostic information 2-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
Reassemble and retest  
printer. Does 907 error  
reappear?  
Turn printer off  
and replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Problem solved.  
Engine  
board removal”  
2-42 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
908Black toner retract solenoid service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect DCN4  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 2.  
board. See I/O  
Go to step 5.  
connector from I/O board.  
Measure resistance  
between cable pins 1 and  
2. Is resistance between  
162 and 198 ohms?  
2
Remove items to expose  
toner retract solenoid. See  
Toner retract solenoid  
and cam removalon  
page 4-64 for steps. Check  
toner retract solenoid cable  
connection. Is cable  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
properly connected?  
3
Check toner retract  
solenoid cable and  
connecting cable for visible  
damage. Is either cable  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 4.  
damaged cable  
or toner retract  
solenoid. See  
Toner retract  
cam removal”  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
4
Disconnect toner retract  
solenoid cable from cable  
that attaches to I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN4 pins 1 and 2 to  
Replace toner  
retract solenoid.  
retractsolenoid  
Replace cable.  
Reassemble and  
retest printer.  
connector that attaches to  
toner retract solenoid.  
removalon  
Ensure that pins are not  
shorted. Is cable okay?  
Reassembleand  
retest printer.  
Diagnostic information 2-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
Reassemble and retest  
printer. Does 908 error  
reappear?  
Turn printer off  
and replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Problem solved.  
Engine  
board removal”  
2-44 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
910Developer motor service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Are there any unusual  
noises heard around  
developer motor or  
Replace toner  
cartridge  
(customer  
Go to step 4.  
developer drive assembly  
before error posts?  
ordered supply).  
Go to step 2.  
2
Does noise go away?  
Problem solved.  
Replace  
developer motor  
and developer  
drive assembly.  
drive assembly  
removalon  
page 4-32. Go  
to step 3.  
3
4
Does noise go away?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 4.  
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
page 4-22. Is cable  
properly connected to  
developer motor?  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 5.  
Diagnostic information 2-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
Replace  
developer motor.  
Go to step 8  
No  
5
If waste toner bottle is  
removed, reinsert it.  
Ensure rear cover  
assembly is shut. Override  
top and front cover  
interlock switches. For  
location, see Interlock  
page 5-8. Reconnect  
operator panel. Turn printer  
on. Allow printer to run until  
error posts. Disconnect  
connector from developer  
motor and check the  
Go to step 6.  
following on disconnected  
cable connector:  
Pin 4 to pin 524VDC  
Pin 6 to pin 524VDC  
Pin 10 to pin 55VDC  
Are voltages present?  
6
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect DCN11 from  
I/O board. Check for  
Go to step 7.  
Replace cable.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 7.  
continuity and shorted pins  
on cable that connects  
DCN11 to developer motor.  
Is cable okay?  
2-46 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
7
Disconnect cable from  
DCN13 on I/O board.  
Check the following on  
disconnected cable  
connector:  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable  
board. See I/O  
Go step 8.  
that connects  
ACN1 on LVPS  
to DCN13 on I/O  
board. Remove  
RIP board cage  
to gain access to  
cable. See RIP  
board cage  
Pin 1 to pin 224VDC  
Pin 9 to pin 125VDC  
Are voltages present?  
removalon  
page 4-57. Go  
to step 8.  
8
9
Reassemble and retest  
printer. Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 9.  
Check cable that connects  
engine controller board  
connector I2CN to I/O  
board connector DCN3 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
Diagnostic information 2-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
911Main motor service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
Replace  
photodeveloper  
cartridge.  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
Go to step 2.  
page 4-22. Open top cover  
and override top cover  
interlock switch. Restart  
printer and observe main  
motor and photodeveloper  
cartridge OPC belt. Does  
main motor attempt to turn  
but OPC belt will not  
Note: Photo-  
developer  
cartridge is a  
customer  
ordered supply.  
rotate?  
2
Observe main motor and  
fuser. Does main motor  
attempt to turn but fuser will  
not?  
Replace fuser  
assembly. See  
Fuser  
Go to step 3.  
removalon  
Note: Fuser is a  
customer  
ordered supply.  
3
Are there any unusual  
noises around main motor  
before error posts?  
Replace main  
motor. Go to  
step 4.  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 5.  
4
5
Does noise go away?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 6.  
Is cable properly connected  
to main motor?  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 6.  
2-48 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
6
If waste toner bottle is  
removed, reinsert it.  
Ensure rear cover  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
Replace main  
motor. See  
Main motor  
removalon  
page 4-38. Go  
to step 9.  
Go to step 7.  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Allow  
printer to run until error  
posts. Disconnect  
connector from main motor  
and check the following on  
disconnected cable  
connector:  
Pin 4 to pin 524VDC  
Pin 6 to pin 524VDC  
Pin 10 to pin 55VDC  
Are voltages present?  
7
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect DCN12 from  
I/O board. Check for  
Go to step 8.  
Replace cable.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 8.  
continuity and shorted pins  
on cable that connects  
DCN12 to main motor. Is  
cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
8
Disconnect cable from  
DCN13 on I/O board.  
Check the following on  
disconnected cable  
connector:  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable  
that connects  
ACN1 on LVPS  
to DCN13 on I/O  
board. Remove  
RIP board cage  
to gain access to  
cable. See RIP  
board cage  
board. See I/O  
Go step 10.  
Pin 1 to pin 224VDC  
Pin 9 to pin 125VDC  
Are voltages present?  
removalon  
page 4-57. Go  
to step 9.  
9
Reassemble and retest  
printer. Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 10.  
10  
Check cable that connects  
engine controller board  
connector I2CN to I/O  
board connector DCN3 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
2-50 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
912Power supply fan service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN20?  
2
Ensure rear cover  
Replace power  
supply fan  
assembly. See  
Power supply  
fan removalon  
Replace I/O  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
board. See I/O  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on and check  
for 24VDC between DCN20  
pin 1 and power ground  
(you can touch negative  
lead of voltmeter to metal  
bracket that holds I/O  
board to obtain ground.) Is  
voltage present and  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 3.  
problem solved,  
else go to step 3.  
correct?  
3
Turn printer off and check  
cable that connects engine  
controller board connector  
I1CN to I/O board  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
Replace cable.  
connector DCN1 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
913—Fuser fan service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See “I/O  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN7?  
2
Ensure rear cover  
Potentially faulty  
fuser fan.  
cover assembly.  
See “Rear  
cover assembly  
removal” on  
page 4-22.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
Replace I/O  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
board. See “I/O  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on and check  
for 24VDC between  
problem solved,  
else go to step 3.  
DCN7pin 10 and power  
ground (you can touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.)  
Is voltage present and  
correct?  
problem solved,  
else go to step 3.  
3
Turn printer off and check  
cable that connects engine  
controller board connector  
I1CN to I/O board  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
Replace cable.  
connector DCN1 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
board removal”  
2-52 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
914Laser fan service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN8?  
2
Ensure rear cover  
Replace laser  
unit fan  
assembly. See  
Laser unit fan  
Replace I/O  
assembly cover is shut.  
Override top and front  
cover interlock switches.  
For location, see  
board. See I/O  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
removalon  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on and check  
for 24VDC between DCN8  
pin 1 and power ground  
(you can touch negative  
lead of voltmeter to metal  
bracket that holds I/O  
board to obtain ground.) Is  
voltage present and  
problem solved,  
else go to step 3.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 3.  
correct?  
3
Turn printer off and check  
cable that connects engine  
controller board connector  
I2CN to I/O board  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
Replace cable.  
connector DCN3 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
915Erase lamp service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
toner cartridges and  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
erase lamp.  
photodeveloper cartridge.  
Check erase lamp cable for  
proper connection. Is erase  
lamp cable properly  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 2.  
connected?  
2
Check erase lamp for any  
visible damage. Is erase  
lamp damaged?  
Replace erase  
lamp. See  
Erase lamp  
removalon  
Go to step 3.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise  
remove toner  
cartridges and  
photodeveloper  
cartridge and go  
to step 3.  
3
Set multimeter to check  
diodes. Looking at erase  
lamp through front cover,  
touch meter positive lead to  
left LED connection and  
meter negative lead to right  
LED connection. LED  
should illuminate. Check all  
LEDs on erase lamp board.  
Do any LEDs fail to  
Replace erase  
lamp. See  
Erase lamp  
removalon  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 4.  
Go to step 4.  
illuminate?  
4
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN15?  
Go to step 5.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 5.  
2-54 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
Disconnect cable from  
erase lamp and DCN15.  
Check DCN15 pin 11 to  
erase lamp cable  
Replace I/O  
Replace cable.  
board. See I/O  
Go to step 6.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 6.  
connector pin 1 and  
DCN15 pin 12 to erase  
lamp cable connector pin 3  
for continuity. Check for  
shorted pins on both sides  
of cable. Is cable okay?  
6
Retest printer. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
916Toner empty sensor (sender-TPD) service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN15?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 2.  
2
3
Turn printer off and replace  
I/O board. See I/O board  
Retest printer. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 3.  
Check cable that connects  
engine controller board  
connector I1CN to I/O  
board connector DCN1 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
Replace cable.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 4.  
4
5
Turn printer off and replace  
engine controller board.  
page 4-55. Retest printer.  
Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 5.  
Turn printer off and replace  
toner empty sensor  
Call Lexmark  
support.  
(sender-TPD). See Toner  
on page 4-35 for steps.  
Retest printer. Does error  
clear?  
2-56 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
917Toner empty sensor (receiver-TTR) service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN15?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 2.  
2
3
Turn printer off and replace  
I/O board. See I/O board  
Retest printer. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 3.  
Check cable that connects  
engine controller board  
connector I1CN to I/O  
board connector DCN1 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
Replace cable.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 4.  
4
Turn printer off and replace  
engine controller board.  
page 4-55. Retest printer.  
Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Turn printer off  
and replace  
toner empty  
sensor (receiver-  
TTR). See  
Toner sensor  
removalon  
Diagnostic information 2-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
918HVPS connection service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
engine controller board  
shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Is cable  
properly connected to  
engine controller board  
HVCN connector?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 2.  
2
Turn printer off and remove  
items to expose HVPS.  
on page 4-59 for steps.  
Check for continuity and  
pin shorts of cable that  
connects engine controller  
board HVCN and HVPS  
CN1. Is cable okay?  
Replace HVPS.  
voltage power  
removalon  
Replace cable.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise turn  
printer off and  
replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise turn  
printer off and  
replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
board removal”  
2-58 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
919Lower feed unit (secondary paper assembly)  
service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN14?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. Retest  
printer. If error  
clears, problem  
solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 2.  
2
Remove right cover. See  
page 4-22. Check for  
continuity and pin shorts of  
cable that connects I/O  
board DCN14 and lower  
feed unit connector. Is  
cable okay?  
Go to step 3  
Replace cable.  
Retest printer. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 3.  
3
4
5
Replace lower feed unit.  
Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 5.  
Replace cable.  
Replace I/O board. Does  
error clear?  
Turn printer off and check  
cable that connects engine  
controller board connector  
I1CN to I/O board  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
connector DCN1 for  
continuity and pin shorts. Is  
cable okay?  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
920Fuser thermistor service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove and reinstall fuser  
assembly. See Fuser  
page 4-9. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 2.  
2
3
Check fuser connector for  
damage. Replace if  
necessary. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 3.  
Turn printer off and check  
cable that connects engine  
controller board connector  
FUCN to fuser for proper  
connection, continuity and  
pin shorts. Is cable okay?  
Properlyconnect  
cable or replace  
if damaged. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 4.  
4
Replace fuser assembly.  
Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Note: Fuser is a customer  
order supply.  
2-60 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
921,922,923,924,925Fuser assembly service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check for proper input line  
voltage. Is line voltage  
correct?  
Go to step 2.  
Provide proper  
line voltage.  
2
Remove and reinstall fuser  
assembly. See Fuser  
page 4-9. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 3.  
Go to step 4.  
3
4
Check fuser connector for  
damage. Replace if  
necessary. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 5.  
Turn printer off and check  
cable that connects engine  
controller board connector  
FUCN to fuser for proper  
connection, continuity, and  
pin shorts. Is cable okay?  
Properlyconnect  
cable or replace  
if damaged. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 5.  
5
Replace fuser assembly.  
Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace LVPS.  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
Note: Fuser is a customer  
ordered supply.  
removalon  
page 4-60. If  
error does not  
clear, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Engine  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
930,931,932Laser unit assembly service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check LCN connection on  
laser assembly LDU board.  
Is connector properly  
connected?  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
LCN cable. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 2.  
2
3
Check LCN connection on  
engine controller board. Is  
cable properly connected?  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
LCN cable. If  
error clears,  
problem solved,  
otherwise go to  
step 3.  
Check cable that connects  
engine controller board  
LCN and LDU LCN  
connectors for continuity  
and shorted pins. Is cable  
okay?  
Replace laser  
unit assembly.  
Laser unit  
(printhead)  
removalon  
page 4-24. Go  
to step 4.  
Replace cable.  
Go to step 4.  
4
Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
2-62 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
985Duplex connection error 1 service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check duplex unit cable. is  
cable properly connected?  
Replace duplex  
unit. See  
Duplex unit  
Properlyconnect  
cable. If problem  
persists, go to  
step 2.  
removalon  
page 4-13. If  
problem  
persists, go to  
step 2.  
2
Check cable connection to  
connector ACN4 located on  
low voltage power supply.  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. If problem  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
page 4-55 for steps  
required to remove engine  
controller board cover. This  
will allow access to ACN4.  
Is cable properly  
connected?  
3
Disconnect cable from  
ANC4 and check for  
continuity between ACN4  
connector and duplex  
connector located on back  
of printer. Is there  
Replace low  
voltage power  
supply. See  
Low voltage  
(LVPS) with  
Replace faulty  
cable.  
continuity?  
cage removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
986Duplex connection error 2 service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check duplex unit cable. is  
cable properly connected?  
Replace duplex  
unit. See  
Duplex unit  
Properlyconnect  
cable. If problem  
persists, go to  
step 2.  
removalon  
page 4-13. If  
problem  
persists, go to  
step 2.  
2
Check cable connection to  
connector DPCN located  
on engine controller board.  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable. If problem  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
page 4-55 for steps  
required to remove engine  
controller board cover. This  
will allow access to DPCN.  
Is cable properly  
connected?  
3
Disconnect cable and  
check for continuity  
between DPCN connector  
and duplex connector  
located on back of printer.  
Is there continuity?  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
Replace faulty  
cable.  
2-64 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
990Transfer belt unit service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Open rear cover assembly  
and check transfer belt unit  
markers for stains. Are  
markers stained?  
Clean belt  
Go to step 2.  
marker area with  
cotton cloth. If  
problem persists  
go to step 2.  
2
3
Remove transfer belt unit  
and observe markers on  
side. Are belt markers  
deformed or does transfer  
belt seem hard to rotate?  
Replace transfer  
belt unit. See  
unit removal”  
Reinstall transfer  
belt unit. Go to  
step 3.  
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Are cables DCN13 and  
DCN16 properly connected  
to I/O board?  
Go to step 4.  
Properlyconnect  
cables. If  
problem  
persists, go to  
step 4.  
4
Ensure rear cover  
I/O board is  
providing 5 VDC  
to marker  
sensor. Replace  
transfer belt  
marker sensor.  
Marker sensor is  
a part of bracket  
assembly. See  
Bracket  
Go to step 5.  
assembly and front cover  
assembly are closed.  
Override top interlock  
switch and turn printer on.  
Wait until printer displays  
error and remove DCN16  
from I/O board. Check for 5  
VDC between DCN16 pin 1  
(on I/O board) and ground  
(you can touch negative  
lead of voltmeter to metal  
bracket that holds I/O  
board to obtain ground.) Is  
voltage present and  
removalon  
page 4-45. If  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
correct?  
Engine  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
LVPS is  
providing 5 VDC  
to I/O board.  
Replace faulty  
I/O board. See  
No  
5
Reconnect DCN16 and  
disconnect cable from  
DCN13. On cable, check  
for 5 VDC from pin 9 to  
ground (you can touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.)  
Is voltage present and  
correct?  
Replace LVPS.  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
removalon  
removalon  
2-66 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
991Transfer roller clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
printer right cover. See  
page 4-22. Disconnect  
transfer roller clutch from  
cable. Measure resistance  
between two outer pins on  
transfer roller clutch. Does  
resistance measure  
Go to step 2.  
Replace faulty  
transfer roller  
clutch. See  
removalon  
between 119 and 145  
ohms?  
2
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
board. See I/O  
problem  
Go to step 3.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 7 and 8  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
(cable) to connector that  
attaches to transfer roller  
clutch. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
3
Remove engine controller  
board shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
damage, pin shorting and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
992Transfer belt cleaning roller clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
printer right cover. See  
page 4-22. Disconnect  
transfer belt cleaning roller  
clutch from cable. Measure  
resistance between two  
outer pins on cleaning  
roller clutch. Does  
Go to step 2.  
Replace faulty  
cleaning roller  
clutch. See  
clutchremoval”  
resistance measure  
between 198 and 242  
ohms?  
2
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
board. See I/O  
problem  
Replace cable.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 3 and 4  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
(cable) to connector that  
attaches to cleaning roller  
clutch. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
3
Remove engine controller  
board shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
damage, pin shorting, and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
2-68 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
993Fuser clutch service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
printer right cover. See  
page 4-22. Disconnect  
fuser clutch from cable.  
Measure resistance  
between two outer pins on  
fuser clutch. Does  
Go to step 2.  
Replace faulty  
fuser clutch. See  
removalon  
resistance measure  
between 133 and 163  
ohms?  
2
Remove I/O board shield.  
on page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield.  
Disconnect cable from  
Replace I/O  
board. See I/O  
problem  
Replace cable.  
DCN10 on I/O board.  
Check cable continuity from  
DCN10 pins 5 and 6  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
(cable) to connector that  
attaches to cleaning roller  
clutch. Ensure that pins are  
not shorted. Is cable okay?  
3
Remove engine controller  
board shield. See Engine  
on page 4-55 for steps to  
remove shield. Check cable  
that connects I2CN on  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Replace cable.  
engine controller board to  
DCN3 on I/O board for  
proper connection,  
damage, pin shorting, and  
continuity. Is cable okay?  
Diagnostic information 2-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
994OPC belt marker sensor service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove photodeveloper  
cartridge and observe  
markers on side. Are belt  
markers covered with  
foreign particles?  
Clean marker  
area with cotton  
cloth. If problem  
persists go to  
step 2.  
Go to step 2.  
2
Reinstall photodeveloper  
cartridge. Turn printer off  
and remove I/O board  
shield. See I/O board  
steps to remove I/O board  
shield. Are cables DCN5  
and DCN13 properly  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cables. If  
problem  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
connected to I/O board?  
3
Ensure rear cover  
I/O board is  
providing 5 VDC  
to marker  
Go to step 4.  
assembly and front cover  
assembly are closed.  
Override top interlock  
switch and turn printer on.  
Wait until printer displays  
error and remove DCN5  
from I/O board. Check for 5  
VDC between DCN5 pin 1  
(on I/O board) and ground  
(you can touch negative  
lead of voltmeter to metal  
bracket that holds I/O  
board to obtain ground.) Is  
voltage present and  
sensor. Replace  
OPC marker  
sensor. See  
Marker sensor  
removalon  
page 4-69. If  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Engine  
board removal”  
correct?  
2-70 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
LVPS is  
providing 5 VDC  
to I/O board.  
Replace faulty  
I/O board. See  
No  
4
Reconnect DCN5 and  
disconnect cable from  
DCN13. On cable, check  
for 5 VDC from pin 11 to  
ground (you can touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.)  
Is voltage present and  
correct?  
Replace LVPS.  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
removalon  
removalon  
Diagnostic information 2-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
995High voltage power supply (HVPS) service check  
Questions /  
actions  
Step  
Yes  
Replace  
No  
1
Remove  
Go to step 2.  
photodeveloper  
cartridge and  
ensure charging unit  
on bottom of  
photodeveloper  
cartridge is not  
damaged. Is  
photodeveloper  
cartridge. See  
Photodevelop  
removalon  
Note: Photo-  
developer  
cartridge is a  
charging unit  
damaged?  
customer  
ordered part.  
2
3
Check charging unit  
high voltage  
contacts in printer.  
Are they clean?  
Go to step 3.  
Clean contacts.  
If problem  
persists, go to  
step 3.  
Replace  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 4.  
photodeveloper  
cartridge. See  
Photodeveloper  
cartridge removal”  
on page 4-11. Has  
error cleared?  
Note: Photo-  
developer cartridge  
is a customer  
ordered part.  
4
Check cable for  
continuity between  
engine controller  
board connector  
HVCN and HVPS  
CN1 connector and  
for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
Go to step 5.  
Replace cable.  
2-72 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Questions /  
actions  
Step  
Yes  
No  
5
Replace HVPS. See  
High voltage  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 6.  
(HVPS) removal”  
on page 4-59. Has  
error cleared?  
6
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller board  
removalon  
Problem solved.  
Replace I/O  
board. See I/O  
page 4-55. Has  
error cleared?  
Diagnostic information 2-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
996Low voltage power supply (LVPS) service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check cable for continuity  
between engine controller  
board connector LVCN and  
HVPS ACN5 connector.  
Check cable for continuity  
between I/O board DCN21  
and HVPS ACN5  
Go to step 2.  
Replace cable.  
connector. Also check for  
shorted pins. Is cable  
okay?  
2
3
Replace LVPS. See Low  
voltage power supply  
Does problem persist?  
Go to step 3.  
Problem solved.  
Problem solved.  
Replace engine controller  
board. See Engine  
on page 4-55. Does  
problem persist?  
Replace I/O  
board. See I/O  
2-74 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Cover open service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
right cover. See Right  
Go to step 2.  
Replace  
appropriate  
actuator:  
page 4-22. Check all  
interlock switch (top, rear  
and front) actuators for  
proper operation. Are  
actuators good?  
Front cover for  
front cover  
interlock switch.  
cover assembly  
Top cover  
assembly for top  
cover interlock  
switch. See  
Top cover  
removalon  
Rear cover  
actuator for rear  
cover interlock  
switch. Actuator  
is contained in  
parts packet.  
2
Check each interlock  
Go to step 3.  
Replace switch  
in question. See  
Front door  
removalon  
front interlock  
switch, see  
fan removalon  
rear and top  
interlock  
switches (top, rear and  
front) for proper operation  
and damage. Listen for  
switching action. Using an  
ohmmeter, check switches.  
When switch is open (cover  
open), resistance between  
pin 1 and pin 3 is 0 and pin  
1 and 2 is infinite. Closing  
switch will show 0  
resistance between pins 1  
and 2 and infinite  
resistance between pins 1  
and 3. Are switches good?  
switches.  
Diagnostic information 2-75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
3
4
Turn printer on. Check for 5  
VDC between front cover  
interlock switch pin 1 (top  
pin) and ground. Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 4.  
Turn printer off and check  
cable for continuity  
Replace LVPS.  
Replace cable.  
between LVPS ACN2 pin 1  
and cable that connects to  
front cover interlock switch  
pin 1. Is cable okay?  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
removalon  
5
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 6.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN18?  
6
7
Turn printer on and  
override front cover  
interlock switch. Check for  
5 VDC between I/O board  
DCN18 pin 3 and ground.  
Is 5 VDC present?  
Go to step 7.  
Go to step 8.  
Go to step 8.  
Override top cover interlock  
switch in addition to front  
cover interlock switch.  
Check for 5 VDC between  
I/O board DCN18 pin 1 and  
ground. Is 5 VDC present?  
Replace I/O  
board. See I/O  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Engine  
board removal”  
2-76 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
8
Check following cables for  
continuity:  
Replace cable.  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
I/O DCN18 pin 1 to rear  
cover interlock switch pin  
3
I/O DCN18 pin 3 to top  
cover interlock switch pin  
3
Top cover interlock  
switch pin 1 to front  
cover interlock switch pin  
2
Top cover interlock  
switch pin 2 to rear cover  
interlock switch pin 1  
LVPS ACN2 pin 2 to rear  
cover interlock switch pin  
2.  
Are any cables defective?  
Diagnostic information 2-77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Incorrect media service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN16?  
2
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.  
Touch positive lead to  
Go to step 3.  
Go to step 6.  
DCN16 pin 10 to ensure 5  
VDC is being supplied to  
toner present sensor. Is 5  
VDC present?  
3
Remove tray from printer.  
Remove paper from tray  
and insert 1 sheet of  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 5.  
transparency. Insert paper  
tray into printer. Check  
voltage level on DCN16 pin  
11. Voltage should  
measure approximately 4.6  
VDC. Is voltage okay?  
4
Remove tray from printer.  
Remove transparency from  
tray and insert white paper.  
Insert paper tray into  
printer. Check voltage level  
on DCN16 pin 11. Voltage  
should measure  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 5.  
board. See I/O  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
approximately 1.7 VDC. Is  
voltage okay?  
Engine  
board removal”  
2-78 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
Turn printer off. Check  
cable for continuity that  
connects DCN16 pins 10,  
11, 12, and 13 to OHP  
sensor sensor. Also check  
for shorted pins. Is cable  
okay?  
Replace OHP  
sensor. See  
Paper guide  
removalon  
Replace cable.  
6
7
Touch positive lead to  
DCN13 pin 9 to ensure 5  
VDC is being supplied to  
I/O board. Also check pin  
11 for 5 VDC. Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 7.  
board. See I/O  
Check cable continuity  
Replace LVPS.  
Replace cable.  
between LVPS ACN1 and I/ See Low  
O board DCN13. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
removalon  
Diagnostic information 2-79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Missing photodeveloper cartridge service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check photodeveloper  
cartridge for proper  
installation. Is cartridge  
installed properly?  
Go to step 2.  
Install properly.  
2
Check printer contacts (A)  
and photodeveloper  
cartridge contacts (B) for  
dirt and damage. Are  
contacts okay?  
Replace  
Replace  
photodeveloper  
cartridge. See  
Photodevelop  
removalon  
photodeveloper  
cartridge. See  
Photodevelop  
removalon  
Note: Photo-  
developer  
cartridge is a  
customer  
ordered supply.  
If problem  
persists, replace  
HVPS. See  
High voltage  
power supply  
(HVPS)  
removalon  
A
B
2-80 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Missing toner cartridge service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove toner cartridge in  
question. Holding toner  
cartridge with developer  
roller away from you, check  
toner present sensor  
Replace toner  
cartridge.  
Go to step 2.  
actuators located on left  
rear of toner cartridge. Are  
actuators damaged?  
2
3
4
Insert toner cartridge and  
ensure toner present  
Go to step 3.  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 5.  
Replace toner  
present sensor.  
present sensor  
removalon  
sensor flag moves forward.  
Remove toner cartridge.  
Toner present sensor flag  
should spring forward.  
Does toner present sensor  
flag operate correctly?  
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN2?  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.  
Touch positive lead to  
DCN2 pin 2 to ensure 5  
VDC is being supplied to  
toner present sensor. Is 5  
VDC present?  
Go to step 8.  
5
Check voltage level on  
DCN2 pin 1. Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Go to step 6.  
Go to step 7.  
Diagnostic information 2-81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
6
Push toner cartridge fully  
in. Check voltage level on  
DCN2 pin 1. Is 0 VDC  
present?  
Replace I/O  
Replace toner  
present sensor.  
present sensor  
removalon  
board. See I/O  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Engine  
board removal”  
7
Turn printer off. Check  
cable for continuity that  
connects DCN2 pins 1, 2,  
and 3 to toner present  
sensor. Also check for  
shorted pins. Is cable  
okay?  
Replace toner  
present sensor.  
present sensor  
removalon  
Replace cable.  
8
9
Touch positive lead to  
DCN13 pin 9 to ensure 5  
VDC is being supplied to I/  
O board. Also check pin 11  
for 5 VDC. Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 9.  
board. See I/O  
Check cable continuity  
Replace LVPS.  
Replace cable.  
between LVPS ACN1 and I/ See Low  
O board DCN13. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
removalon  
2-82 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
OPC belt (photodeveloper) cartridge drive service  
check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check photodeveloper  
cartridge for proper  
installation. Is cartridge  
installed properly?  
Go to step 2.  
Install properly.  
2
Check photodeveloper  
cartridge for damage. Is  
cartridge damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 3.  
photodeveloper  
cartridge. See  
Photodevelop  
removalon  
Note: Photo-  
developer  
cartridge is a  
customer  
ordered supply.  
3
Check main motor  
assembly for damage. Is  
main motor assembly  
damaged?  
Replace main  
motor assembly.  
motor  
removalon  
Replace main  
drive assembly.  
gear assembly  
removalon  
Diagnostic information 2-83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Operator panel service check  
Printer emits 5 beeps when it detects a problem with operator panel  
assembly, operator panel cable, controller RIP board or when a POR  
does not complete. If operator panel operates properly, except for a  
PEL or a few PELs missing or broken, run LCD testin diagnostic  
mode. See LCD teston page 3-9 for details. If operator panel  
fails any diagnostic test, replace operator panel.  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure operator panel  
cable is plugged into  
Go to step 2.  
Connect cable.  
operator panel and other  
end of cable is plugged into  
P2CN on engine controller  
board. Is cable plugged in?  
2
3
Ensure RIP board is  
correctly plugged in. Is  
cable plugged in?  
Go to step 3.  
Connect cable.  
Go to step 6.  
Is operator panel display  
blank, did 5 beeps emit  
when printer was turned  
ON and is LED off?  
Replace  
operator panel  
assembly. If  
problem  
persists, go to  
step 4.  
4
5
Replace operator panel  
cable. Does problem go  
away?  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 6.  
Replace engine controller  
board. See Engine  
on page 4-55. Does  
problem go away?  
Problem solved.  
6
Does operator panel show  
all diamonds and were  
there no beeps when  
Check RIP  
Replace  
operator panel.  
board for proper  
installation. If  
properly  
printer was powered on?  
installed, replace  
RIP board. See  
RIP board  
removalon  
2-84 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Output tray full service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure output tray full  
sensor flag swings with  
ease and is not broken or  
damaged. Is flag working  
properly?  
Go to step 2.  
Replace paper  
exit assembly.  
assembly  
removalon  
2
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 3.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN7?  
3
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.  
Touch positive lead to  
DCN7 pin 7 to ensure 5  
VDC is being supplied to  
output tray full sensor. Is 5  
VDC present?  
Go to step 4.  
Go to step 7.  
4
5
Check voltage level on  
DCN7 pin 8. Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 6.  
Activate output tray full  
sensor flag. Check voltage  
level on DCN7 pin 8. Is 0  
VDC present?  
Replace I/O  
Replace paper  
exit assembly.  
assembly  
removalon  
board. See I/O  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
Engine  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
6
Turn printer off. Check  
cable for continuity that  
connects DCN7 pins 7, 8,  
and 9 to output tray full  
sensor. Also check for  
shorted pins. Is cable  
okay?  
Replace paper  
exit assembly.  
assembly  
removalon  
Replace cable.  
7
8
Touch positive lead to  
DCN13 pin 9 and pin 11 to  
ensure 5 VDC is being  
supplied to I/O board. Is 5  
VDC present?  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 8.  
board. See I/O  
Check cable continuity  
Replace LVPS.  
Replace cable.  
between LVPS ACN1 and I/ See Low  
O board DCN13. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
removalon  
2-86 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Paper size sensing service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN19?  
2
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on and check  
for 5 VDC between DCN19  
pin 1 and ground (you can  
touch negative lead of  
voltmeter to metal bracket  
that holds I/O board to  
obtain ground.) Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 3.  
3
4
Disconnect cable from  
DCN13 on I/O board. On  
cable that connects to  
DCN13, check for 5 VDC  
between pins 11 and 12. Is  
5 VDC present?  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 4.  
board. See I/O  
Check cable continuity  
Replace LVPS.  
Replace cable.  
between LVPS ACN1 and I/ See Low  
O board DCN13. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
removalon  
Diagnostic information 2-87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
5
If paper tray is removed,  
set paper tray for desired  
paper size and insert paper  
tray into printer. Using table  
below, check for proper  
paper size sensor action by  
taking voltage readings  
between ground and  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 6.  
board. See I/O  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
DCN19 pins 2 though 4. Is  
paper size sensor working  
properly?  
Engine  
board removal”  
6
Check cable for continuity  
between I/O board DCN19  
and paper size sensor. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
Replace paper  
size sensor. See  
Left tray guide  
removalon  
Replace cable.  
DCN19 (all voltages measured  
from pin to ground)  
Paper tray setting  
Standard tray  
pin 2  
pin 3  
pin 4  
pin 5  
A4  
5 VDC 5 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC  
5 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC 5 VDC  
0 VDC 5 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC  
5 VDC 0 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC  
5 VDC 0 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC  
0 VDC 0 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC  
0 VDC 0 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC  
0 VDC 0 VDC 5 VDC 5 VDC  
Letter  
EXE  
B5J  
B51  
#10  
DL  
Legal tray  
2-88 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Printer no power service check  
Note: If secondary paper feed assembly or duplex unit is installed,  
disconnect or remove before checking base printer operation.  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Reset printer and listen for  
any activation of motors  
and for power supply fan.  
Look at operator panel to  
see if anything displays. Do  
you hear sounds or does  
operator panel display  
anything?  
Go to step 2.  
Go to step 3.  
2
3
Ensure RIP board is  
properly installed. Is RIP  
board installed correctly?  
Go to step 3.  
Install RIP  
board.  
Replace RIP board. See  
page 4-45. Does problem  
persist?  
Replace engine  
board. See  
Operator  
removalon  
Problem solved.  
4
5
Turn printer off and check  
line voltage to ensure that it  
is present and correct. Is  
voltage present and  
correct?  
Go to step 5.  
Inform customer.  
Disconnect and check  
continuity of power cord. Is  
power cord good?  
Go to step 6.  
Replace power  
cord.  
Diagnostic information 2-89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
6
Remove items (see RIP  
page 4-57) from left side of  
printer to expose power  
supply bracket. Using an  
ohmmeter, ensure power  
switch is good. Is power  
switch good?  
Go to step 7.  
Replace power  
supply bracket.  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
removalon  
steps to remove  
power supply  
bracket.  
7
Check LVPS ACN1, ACN2,  
and ACN3 for proper  
connection. Are cables  
properly connected to  
LVPS?  
Replace LVPS.  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
Properlyconnect  
cables.  
removalon  
2-90 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Toner feed service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Check toner cartridge for  
damage. Check to see if  
toner cartridge moves  
easily into and out of  
printer. Is toner cartridge  
damaged or is there  
resistance moving in and  
out of printer?  
Replace toner  
cartridge.  
Go to step 2.  
2
3
Is developer motor  
damaged?  
Replace  
Go to step 3.  
developer motor.  
Is developer drive  
assembly damaged?  
Replace  
Replace toner  
retract system.  
retractsolenoid  
developer drive  
assembly. See  
Developer  
removalon  
removalon  
Diagnostic information 2-91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Toner low/empty service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 2.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN15?  
2
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.  
Touch positive lead to  
DCN15 pin 1, 2, 3, or 4 for  
specific color as dictated by  
list below:  
Go to step 3.  
Check cable for  
continuity  
between I/O  
board DCN15  
and toner sensor  
system (both  
sender and  
receiver). Also  
check for  
shorted pins.  
sensor(sender)  
removalon  
Toner sensor  
removalon  
steps to expose  
cable. If cable is  
okay, replace  
toner sensor  
system.  
DCN15  
pin1black(K)  
pin2yellow(Y)  
pin3magenta(M)  
pin4cyan(C)  
Slightly remove toner  
cartridge in question.  
Voltmeter should read  
approximately 4.8 VDC.  
Continue to slowly slide  
toner cartridge out of  
printer while noting  
voltmeter reading. Voltage  
should slowly decrease  
until it reads approximately  
0 VDC. Is toner sensor  
system working properly?  
3
Replace I/O board.  
on page 4-70. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
2-92 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Transfer roller missing service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Turn printer off and check  
transfer roller contacts. Are  
contacts present and not  
damaged?  
Go to step 2.  
If contact A has  
slipped off  
frame, put it  
back on. If you  
cannot see it,  
remove HVPS  
cage (see  
HVPS cage  
removalon  
put it back in  
place. If B is  
damaged,  
replace  
registration  
assembly. See  
Registration  
removalon  
A
B
Diagnostic information 2-93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
2
Replace engine controller  
board. See Engine  
on page 4-55. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace HVPS.  
voltage power  
removalon  
2-94 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Tray empty service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove paper tray from  
printer. Press bottom of  
spring platform latches  
located in rear corners of  
paper tray. This releases  
spring platform of paper  
tray. Ensure tray is raising  
paper after insertion. Is tray  
working properly?  
Go to step 2.  
Replace paper  
tray.  
2
3
Ensure paper empty  
sensor flag swings with  
ease and is not broken or  
damaged. Is flag working  
properly?  
Go to step 3.  
Replace paper  
guide (C)  
assembly . See  
Paper guide  
removalon  
Turn printer off and remove  
I/O board shield. See I/O  
Go to step 4.  
Properlyconnect  
cable.  
page 4-70 for steps to  
remove I/O board shield. Is  
cable properly connected  
to I/O board connector  
DCN16?  
4
Reconnect operator panel.  
Turn printer on. Touch  
negative lead of voltmeter  
to metal bracket that holds  
I/O board to obtain ground.  
Touch positive lead to  
DCN16 pin 7 to ensure 5  
VDC is being supplied to  
paper empty sensor. Is 5  
VDC present?  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 8.  
5
Insert empty paper tray into  
printer. Check voltage level  
on DCN16 pin 8. Is 5 VDC  
present?  
Go to step 6.  
Go to step 7.  
Diagnostic information 2-95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
6
Remove paper tray, fill with  
paper and reinsert. Check  
voltage level on DCN16 pin  
8. Is 0 VDC present?  
Replace I/O  
Replace paper  
guide (C)  
board. See I/O  
problem  
persists, replace  
engine controller  
board. See  
assembly . See  
Paper guide  
removalon  
Engine  
board removal”  
7
Turn printer off. Remove  
paper guide (C) assembly.  
page 4-47. Check cable for  
continuity that connects  
DCN16 pins 7, 8, and 9 to  
paper empty sensor. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
Replace paper  
guide (C)  
Replace cable.  
assembly . See  
Paper guide  
removalon  
8
9
Touch positive lead to  
DCN13 pin 9 and pin 11 to  
ensure 5 VDC is being  
supplied to I/O board. Is 5  
VDC present?  
Replace I/O  
Go to step 9.  
board. See I/O  
Check cable continuity  
Replace LVPS.  
Replace cable.  
between LVPS ACN1 and I/ See Low  
O board DCN13. Also  
check for shorted pins. Is  
cable okay?  
voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
with cage  
removalon  
2-96 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Waste toner bottle service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove waste toner bottle  
from printer. Inside waste  
toner bottle holder, check  
sensor flag. Does flag work  
properly and is it not  
Go to step 2.  
Replace waste  
toner bottle  
holder. See  
Waste toner  
removalon  
damaged?  
2
3
Reinstall waste toner  
bottle. Does error clear?  
Problem solved.  
Problem solved.  
Go to step 3.  
Replace waste toner bottle  
holder. See Waste toner  
page 4-32. Does error  
clear?  
Go to step 4.  
4
Replace I/O board.  
on page 4-70. Does error  
clear?  
Problem solved.  
Replace engine  
controller board.  
controller  
board removal”  
Diagnostic information 2-97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Waste toner feed service check  
Step  
Questions / actions  
Yes  
No  
1
Is transfer belt unit cleaning  
roller properly installed.  
Go to step 2.  
Properly install  
cleaning roller.  
2
3
Check cleaning roller clutch  
gear (located inside printer)  
for damage. Is cleaning  
roller clutch damaged?  
Replace  
cleaning roller  
clutch.  
Go to step 3.  
Check waste toner bottle  
for overflow. Is waste toner  
overflowing?  
toner bottle  
service check”  
Go to step 4.  
4
5
Check waste toner auger  
for damage. Is waste toner  
auger damaged?  
Replace waste  
toner auger. See  
Waste toner  
auger removal”  
Go to step 5.  
Go to step 6.  
Check waste toner agitator  
for damage. Is waste toner  
agitator damaged?  
Replace waste  
toner agitator.  
toner agitator  
removalon  
6
Inspect waste toner feeder  
and opening in bottom of  
printer. Is waste toner  
feeder damaged?  
Replace waste  
toner feeder.  
toner feeder  
removalon  
Problem solved.  
2-98 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Paper feed service checks  
Printer paper feed service check  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Check for recommended  
paper  
Ensure paper being used is recommended.  
Ensure paper is stored in an area free from  
high humidity.  
Note: Disconnect secondary paper  
assembly and duplex unit, if installed, to  
help isolate a paper transport problem.  
Paper tray  
Ensure paper tray is not damaged.  
Check for paper caught behind tray in  
pickup transport roll.  
Replace any damaged parts.  
3
4
Paper feed roller  
Separator pad  
Check paper feed roller and separator pad  
for wear or damage. Paper feed roller  
Replace any damaged parts.  
Registration roller  
Transfer roller  
Check registration roller for damage or  
binds, and replace if necessary. See  
Check transfer roller for damage and  
replace if necessary. Transfer roller  
5
6
Transfer belt unit  
Ensure transfer unit is not damaged and is  
free of foreign material.  
Note: Do not touch transfer belt with your  
hands.  
Transfer belt unit  
cleaning roller  
Ensure no paper is jammed in cleaning  
roller.  
Ensure cleaning roller is not damaged.  
Replace cleaning roller if necessary.  
Diagnostic information 2-99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Problem area  
Action  
7
8
Fuser assembly  
Ensure fuser assembly is not damaged or  
dirty.  
Ensure fuser assembly guides and gears  
are not broken and are free of paper.  
Note: Fuser assembly is a customer  
ordered supply.  
Paper exit assembly  
Check rear cover assembly for damage.  
Gears  
Ensure paper exit roller located in paper  
exit assembly is not damaged.  
Ensure paper exit gears and bearings are  
good.  
Ensure paper guides are not bent or dirty.  
Clean or replace parts if necessary.  
2-100 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Print quality service checks  
Background service check  
Background is smeared due to toner spread.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Toner cartridge  
Too small charging amount in the  
development process.  
Check developer high  
voltage contact points.  
Insufficient contact of developer  
roller's primary or secondary high  
voltage contact points. Ensure  
primary and secondary contact points  
are free from contamination and toner  
debris.  
Check toner cartridge developer roller  
bias pole. If contaminated, clean it. If  
damaged or deformed, replace toner  
cartridge.  
3
4
Photodeveloper (OPC)  
cartridge  
Photodeveloper cartridge has  
reached life or is failing. Replace  
photodeveloper cartridge. See  
Note: Photodeveloper cartridge is a  
customer ordered supply.  
High voltage power supply  
(HVPS)  
HVPS has failed. Replace HVPS. See  
Diagnostic information 2-101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Back stain service check  
Backside of paper is stained.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Fuser assembly  
Fuser roller and back-up roller are  
stained.  
Fusing offset error occurred.  
Replace fuser assembly. See Fuser  
Note: Fuser assembly is a customer  
order supply.  
2
Transfer roller  
Transfer roller is stained. Replace  
transfer roller. See Transfer roller  
2-102 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Banding service check  
A banding line appears in horizontal direction.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Photodeveloper (OPC)  
cartridge  
Transfer failure due to uneven  
rotational speed caused by a shock  
which occurs when the seam of the  
OPC belt passes over the cleaning  
blade.  
Replace photodeveloper cartridge.  
2
Toner cartridge  
OPC belt and transfer belt fail to  
maintain regular and proper rotation  
due to impact created during retract  
of toner cartridge.  
Replace toner cartridge.  
Diagnostic information 2-103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Black line service check  
A fine black line appears in printer image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Toner cartridge  
Toner cartridge blade is deformed.  
Replace toner cartridge.  
Photodeveloper (OPC)  
cartridge  
OPC belts surface is damaged.  
Replace photodeveloper cartridge.  
3
Debris  
Foreign particles (paper dust, and so  
on) have adhered to perimeter parts  
of OPC belt and transfer unit belt.  
Clean perimeter of mounting area of  
OPC belt and transfer belt.  
2-104 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Color misregistration service check  
Color misregistration between two colors.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Transfer roller and transfer  
belt cleaning roller  
Transfer belt fails to maintain regular  
and proper rotation due to impact  
caused when transfer roller or transfer  
belt cleaning roller contacts transfer  
belt.  
Ensure transfer roller and transfer belt  
cleaning roller are properly installed.  
2
3
Toner cartridge  
Developer cartridge OPC belt fails to  
maintain regular and proper rotation  
due to impact caused when toner  
cartridge contacts OPC belt.  
Ensure toner cartridge is properly  
installed.  
Photodeveloper cartridge  
OPC belt is off track.  
Replace photodeveloper cartridge.  
Note: Photodeveloper cartridge is a  
customer order supply.  
Diagnostic information 2-105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Problem area  
Transfer belt unit  
Action  
4
Transfer belt is off track.  
Replace transfer belt unit. See  
2-106 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Insufficient fusing service check  
Printed image is partially missing.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Fuser tension release lever  
Fuser tension release lever is open.  
Check fuser and remove shipping  
pieces if still installed. Close release  
lever.  
2
3
4
Driver media settings  
Nonrecommended paper  
Fuser  
Driver media setting is wrong. Ensure  
proper media setting is selected for  
specific media in use.  
Nonrecommended paper is being  
used. Replace paper with  
recommended.  
Replace failed fuser. See Fuser  
Note: The fuser is a customer order  
supply.  
Diagnostic information 2-107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Insufficient gloss service check  
Gloss on paper is not sufficient.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Driver media settings  
Driver media setting is wrong. Ensure  
proper media setting is selected for  
specific media in use.  
Fuser  
Fuser roller is deteriorated.  
Fuser temperature is not properly  
controlled.  
Note: The fuser is a customer order  
supply.  
2-108 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Jitter service check  
Uneven optical density appears periodically in horizontal direction.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Photodeveloper cartridge  
Replace faulty photodeveloper  
cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
Note: Photodeveloper cartridge is a  
customer order supply.  
Main motor assembly  
Irregular rotation of main motor  
assembly  
Main motor assembly gear unit  
failure  
Variation of OPC belt running  
speed due to failing main motor  
assembly  
Replace main motor assembly. See  
3
Developer drive assembly  
Replace faulty developer drive  
assembly. See Developer drive  
Diagnostic information 2-109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Missing image at edge service check  
Image has missing or peeling toner at edge.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Toner cartridge  
Too small a toner mass amount and  
charging amount in the development  
process.  
Replace toner cartridge.  
Photodeveloper cartridge  
OPC belt is deformed and wavy.  
Replace photodeveloper cartridge.  
Note: Photodeveloper cartridge is a  
customer order supply.  
2-110 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Mixed color image service check  
Mixed color image appears.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Toner cartridge  
Ensure toner cartridge moves in and  
out of printer without a lot of  
resistance. Compare toner cartridge  
in question with one of the other  
known working cartridges.  
Replace toner cartridge if defective.  
2
3
Transfer roller clutch  
Replace transfer roller clutch. See  
Transfer belt unit cleaning  
roller clutch  
Replace transfer belt unit cleaning  
roller clutch. See Cleaning roller  
4
Toner retract system  
Replace toner retract system. See  
Diagnostic information 2-111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Mottle service check  
Variation of optical density is found in image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Rear cover assembly  
Rear cover assembly is not fixed in  
place.  
Open rear cover assembly and close  
properly.  
Transfer roller  
Transfer roller is not properly  
installed.  
Remove and reinstall transfer roller.  
3
4
5
Paper  
Replace deformed paper.  
Toner cartridge  
HVPS  
Replace defective toner cartridge.  
Replace faulty HVPS. See High  
2-112 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Residual image service check  
Image of preceding page appears on every other page.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Transfer unit cleaning roller  
Cleaning roller is not installed  
properly. Remove and reinstall.  
Ensure left side of cleaning roller is  
making good contact with HVPS  
contact.  
If error continues to occur after  
reinstallation, replace cleaning roller.  
2
HVPS  
Replace faulty HVPS. See High  
Diagnostic information 2-113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Ribbing service check  
Light print occurs in right or left side of image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Printer is not level  
Table printer is sitting on is slightly  
tilted.  
Tilt should be less than 1/2 inch.  
Confirm the printer table is large  
enough and the printer is level.  
2
3
Toner cartridge  
Toner cartridge  
Insufficient amount of toner in the  
toner cartridge.  
Shake the toner cartridge horizontally  
several times to level the toner.  
Toner in the toner cartridge is not  
level and collects on one side.  
Shake the toner cartridge horizontally  
several times to level the toner. If  
problem persists, replace toner  
cartridge.  
4
5
Rear cover assembly  
Open rear cover assembly and close  
properly.  
Photodeveloper cartridge  
Photodeveloper OPC belt is off rack  
and becomes deformed during  
operation.  
Replace photodeveloper cartridge.  
Note: Photodeveloper cartridge is a  
customer order supply.  
2-114 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Problem area  
Action  
6
Toner retract system  
Toner retract solenoid assembly is  
failing for specific toner cartridge.  
Replace toner retact solenoid  
assembly. See Toner retract  
Diagnostic information 2-115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Toner drop service check  
A toner spot stain on paper is caused by ambient toner within printer  
engine.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Waste toner feed system  
Toner drops on the transfer drum due  
to a breakdown of the waste toner  
feed system.  
Waste toner auger  
Waste toner feeder  
Waste toner auger mylar is  
damaged. Examine and replace if  
defective. See Waste toner  
Waste toner is not properly  
collected by waste toner feeder.  
Check to ensure that waste toner  
feeder is not compacted. If so,  
replace waste toner feeder. See  
Check for waste toner in printer. If  
found, clean and vacuum printer.  
2
Transfer unit cleaning roller  
Cleaning roller is faulty.  
Remove transfer belt unit (see  
page 4-7). Replace cleaning roller.  
installation of new cleaning roller,  
thoroughly clean cleaning roller  
installation area.  
Check for waste toner in printer. If  
found, clean and vacuum printer.  
2-116 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Problem area  
Action  
Replace faulty toner cartridge.  
3
Toner cartridge  
Diagnostic information 2-117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Vertical line service check  
A vertical line appears in printed image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Photodeveloper cartridge  
(OPC belt) and transfer belt  
Foreign particles (dust and so on)  
adhere to parts located around  
photodeveloper cartridge and transfer  
belt unit which consequently contact  
toner image on transfer belt unit.  
Remove and clean photodeveloper  
cartridge, transfer belt unit, and  
adjacent areas.  
2
Transfer unit cleaning roller  
and waste toner auger  
Cleaning roller and waste toner auger  
area are dirty.  
Remove cleaning roller and clean  
waste toner auger and area around.  
Reinstall cleaning roller.  
2-118 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Vertical staggering image service check  
Printed image staggers in vertical direction.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Printer vibration  
Check for printer vibrations or shock  
to printer.  
Laser unit assembly  
(printhead)  
Optical unit failure caused by  
vibration from scanner motor rotation.  
Replace laser unit assembly. See  
Diagnostic information 2-119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Vertical white band service check  
White band appears in vertical direction of printed image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Toner cartridge  
Replace faulty toner cartridge.  
Photodeveloper cartridge  
Replace faulty photodeveloper  
cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
3
Transfer belt unit  
TReplace faulty transfer belt unit. See  
2-120 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
White band service check  
Horizontal white banding creates missing portion of image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Transfer roller  
Transfer roller bias pole is not  
making proper contact with high  
voltage spring contact. Remove  
and reinstall transfer roller. Ensure  
spring contact on left side (looking  
from front of printer) is not  
damaged.  
Replace faulty transfer roller. See  
2
Transfer roller clutch  
Replace faulty transfer roller clutch.  
Diagnostic information 2-121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
White line I service check  
Vertical white line appears in a specific color area when print quality  
test print is run.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
Test print  
Run print quality test prints. See  
page 3-5. White line appears on  
specific color.  
Toner cartridge  
Developer roller of specifc toner  
cartridge is dirty. Remove foreign  
particle adhering to specific toner  
cartridge developer roller.  
Developer roller surface is  
damaged. Replace problem toner  
cartridge.  
2-122 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
White line II service check  
Vertical white line appears from leading edge to trailing edge of  
printed image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Laser unit assembly  
(printhead)  
Dust proof glass of laser unit is  
smeared with toner or foreign  
particles. Clean glass:  
Remove toner cartridges and  
photodeveloper cartridge. See  
Open dust-proof glass cover.  
Clean glass.  
There are foreign particles adhering  
to laser beam opening of printhead.  
Clean laser beam opening.  
2
Toner cartridge  
Foreign particles mixed in toner  
cartridge. Replace faulty cartridge.  
Diagnostic information 2-123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
White spot / black spot service check  
A white spot and black spot appear on paper.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Photodeveloper cartridge  
There are foreign particles adhering  
to photodeveloper OPC belt. Remove  
photodeveloper cartridge (see  
Lightly wipe off foreign particles using  
a cotton cloth.  
If problem persists, replace  
photodeveloper cartridge.  
2
Transfer belt unit  
There are foreign particles adhering  
to transfer belt unit. Remove transfer  
Lightly wipe off foreign particles using  
a cotton cloth.  
If problem persists, replace transfer  
belt unit.  
3
4
Toner cartridge  
Transfer roller  
Foreign particles mixed in toner.  
Replace toner cartridge.  
There are foreign particles adhering  
to transfer roller or transfer roller is  
deformed. Replace transfer roller. See  
2-124 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
White print service check  
Blank page (no print at all) is printed or a specific color is missing.  
Problem area  
Action  
Solid white print  
1
2
Optical Unit (Printhead)  
Laser light path is blocked by paper or  
other material stuck at the opening of  
the optical unit. Ensure there are no  
foreign particles stuck at the opening  
of the optical unit.  
Transfer roller  
Transfer roller is not properly  
installed. Remove transfer roller and  
reinstall. See Transfer roller  
transfer roller bias pole is touching  
spring contact on left side (as viewed  
from front of printer) of roller.  
3
HVPS  
Replace faulty HVPS. See High  
One color missing  
4
5
Toner cartridge  
Replace faulty toner cartridge.  
Toner retract system  
Replace specific faulty toner retract  
Diagnostic information 2-125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Wrinkle / image migration service check  
Banding shadows of different optical density appear due to wrinkle,  
image migration, and color misregistration occurring on paper.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
2
3
Non-recommended paper  
Paper being used is not  
recommended for printer. Replace  
paper with recommended paper.  
Rear cover assembly  
Fuser assembly  
Open rear cover assembly and  
reclose, ensuring that both sides  
properly latch.  
Ensure fuser assembly is properly  
installed and that both locking  
levers are locked. See Fuser  
Replace faulty fuser assembly.  
Note: Fuser assembly is a customer  
order supply.  
2-126 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Uneven density (right and left)  
Optical density is different between right and left side of printed  
image.  
Problem area  
Action  
1
Rear cover assembly  
Open rear cover assembly and  
reclose, ensuring that both sides  
properly latch. If rear cover assembly  
will not properly latch, ensure that  
white door actuators located at top of  
rear cover assembly are not  
damaged. If damaged, replace.  
These items are part of parts packet.  
If actuators are not damaged, and  
door will still not latch, replace rear  
cover assembly. See Rear cover  
2
3
Transfer roller  
Transfer roller is not properly  
installed. Remove transfer roller and  
reinstall. See Transfer roller  
transfer roller bias pole is touching  
spring contact on left side (as viewed  
from front of printer) of roller.  
Laser unit assembly  
(printhead)  
Dust-proof glass of laser unit is  
smeared with toner or foreign  
particles. Clean glass:  
Remove toner cartridges and  
photodeveloper cartridge. See  
Open glass cover.  
Clean glass.  
There are foreign particles adhering  
to laser beam opening of printhead.  
Clean laser beam opening.  
4
5
Toner cartridge  
Toner cartridge has insufficient  
amount of toner. Replace toner  
cartridge.  
Photodeveloper cartridge  
Replace faulty photodeveloper  
cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
Diagnostic information 2-127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Problem area  
Action  
6
7
Transfer belt unit  
Replace faulty transfer belt unit. See  
Toner retract system  
Replace faulty specific toner retract  
2-128 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Spacing table  
Roller specifications  
Repeating  
defect on  
print  
Number of  
rotation  
(rpm)  
Diameter  
(mm)  
Name of roller  
(mm)  
Registration assembly  
rubber roller  
ø 14  
283  
321  
43  
38  
Registration assembly  
steel roller  
ø 12  
Transfer roller  
ø 20  
194  
345  
63  
35  
Developer roller  
ø 18  
Transfer belt drive roller  
(part of transfer belt unit)  
ø 30  
128  
182  
95  
67  
Transfer belt cleaning  
roller  
ø 26  
OPC belt charge brush  
(part of photodeveloper  
charging system)  
ø 11  
256  
352  
47  
OPC belt charge roller  
(part of photodeveloper  
charging system)  
ø 11  
34.5  
OPC belt drive gear shaft  
OPC belt drive roller  
ø 5  
256  
128  
95  
47  
95  
ø 30  
ø 41  
ø 30  
Fuser roller (part of fuser)  
Fuser belt (part of fuser)  
128  
95  
128  
Paper exit roller (part of  
paper exit assembly)  
ø 16  
246  
451  
50  
27  
Torque limiter (part of  
toner retract system-toner  
retract cam)  
N/A  
Diagnostic information 2-129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
2-130 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
3. Diagnostic aids  
This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer  
failures and to verify repairs have corrected the problem.  
The following diagnostic aids can be initiated at POR by pressing  
certain button sequences. These tests are also available in  
diagnostic mode. See Diagnostic modeon page 3-4, for more  
information.  
Disabling download emulations  
Error Code 964: Download Emulation CRC Failure. Checksum  
failure detected in the emulation header or emulation file.  
To help resolve Download Emulation problems, the following steps  
are necessary to instruct the printer to POR without activating any  
download emulations.  
To disable the download emulation:  
1. Turn the printer off.  
2. Press and hold the Select and Return buttons.  
3. Turn the printer on and release the buttons once Performing  
Self Testdisplays.  
After POR completes, the CONFIG Menu is displayed.  
4. Select Download Emuls from the menu.  
5. Select the Disable Option.  
The printer automatically exits the configuration menu and  
initializes as if the download emulator were not installed. Once  
the printer is idle, a new emulator can be downloaded again.  
Note: If you power cycle the printer after selecting the disable  
option, the download emulator will be activated.  
Diagnostic aids 3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
Paper jam sequence  
Go to Paper jam messageson page 2-22 for more information.  
Paper Jam 201 - Indicates media is jammed in inner area (between  
paper registration sensor and paper exit sensor) of printer.  
Open rear cover assembly to access area of paper jam.  
Paper Jam 202 - Indicates media is jammed in outer area (fuser exit  
sensor) of printer.  
Open rear cover assembly to access area of paper jam.  
Check for pieces of paper or other debris in or around fuser exit  
sensor area of fuser.  
Check paper exit for signs of damage, contamination, or broken  
parts.  
If media is jamming at, or over fuser exit sensor, a problem may  
exist with fuser exit flag.  
3-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Paper Jam 23X  
230 Duplex - Indicates that media is jammed between duplex  
redrive and duplex door. Open duplex door to access jam.  
231 Duplex - Indicates media is jammed behind duplex redrive.  
Open duplex door and pull duplex redrive down to access the  
jam.  
Paper Jam 24X - Indicates media is jammed in or around paper tray  
X (X= tray 1or 2). Remove tray x to access jam.  
Diagnostic aids 3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Diagnostic mode  
To enter the diagnostic mode:  
1. Turn the printer Off.  
2. Press and hold the Go and Return buttons.  
3. Turn the printer On.  
4. Release the buttons when "Performing Self Test" displays on  
the operator panel.  
The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown:  
Note: Tray 2 refers to the 530-sheet tray located in the secondary  
paper feed assembly.  
Print registration  
Setting Tray 2 left margin (displayed only if Tray 2 is  
installed)  
Setting top margin  
Print tests  
Tray 1  
Tray 2 (displayed only if Tray 2 is installed)  
Print quality pages  
Hardware tests  
LCD test (operator panel)  
Button test (operator panel)  
Check engine NVRAM  
ROM memory test  
Parallel wrap test (available only if the printer is configured  
with a standard parallel port)  
Parallel 1, 2, or 3 wrap test (displayed only if a parallel port is  
available using PC1 in slot 1)  
Serial 1, 2 or 3 wrap test (displayed only if a serial port is  
available using PC1 slot 1)  
Duplex tests (displayed only if duplex unit is installed)  
Quick test  
Duplex left margin  
3-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Device tests (displayed only if the flash or disk options are  
installed  
Quick disk test (only when disk is installed)  
Disk test/clean (only when disk is installed)  
Flash test (only displayed when a non-defective flash  
memory option is installed)  
Printer setup  
Setting the page count  
Viewing the permanent page count  
Setting configuration ID  
Error log  
Viewing, printing, and clearing the error log  
Exit diagnostics  
Diagnostics menu structure  
When the diagnostic menu is entered, each diagnostic main menu  
item displays on the operator panel. When a diagnostic test is  
selected from the main menu, a sub menu displays and each  
individual test displays in the order shown. Any options that are  
referred to in the menus are displayed when the option is installed.  
Print quality test pages  
Print Quality Description  
The Print Quality Test consists of 7 pages. Page 1 contains a  
mixture of graphics and text, whereas pages 2 and 3 only contain  
graphics.  
If Duplex is turned on, then the pages will be duplexed. Otherwise,  
they are simplexed. The remaining four pages contain color test  
case information that can be used to help diagnose the source of  
print defects. Page 1 text consists of the following, and is printed in  
English:  
Value of the Diagnostic EP SETUP settings.  
Contents of the Diagnostic error log.  
Printer configuration information, (printer serial number, RIP  
code level, Engine code level, Panel code level, Smart  
Option code levels, Font version,and so on).  
Diagnostic aids 3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
To run the print quality test pages:  
1. Turn the printer Off.  
2. Press and hold Select and Return, while turning On the printer.  
3. Release the buttons once Performing the Self Testdisplays.  
After POR completes, the CONFIG Menu displays.  
4. Select Prt Quality Pgs from the menu; one copy of the test  
page prints.  
5. The test pages print one time.  
Note:  
To print additional pages, repeat select Prt Quality Pgs from the  
menu.  
Print registration  
Print registration provides a method for checking and setting the  
print position on the page.  
Upon first entering the registration menu, your selections are top  
margin and left margin adj. Tray 2 left margin is set reference to tray  
1 left margin.  
Note: Tray 1 left margin is set by the manufacturer and cannot be  
changed.  
Setting tray 2 left margin  
1. Select Registration.  
2. Select Left Margin Adj.  
3. Adjust Tray 2 left margin by increasing the value displayed  
using Menu.  
The range is 1 to 15. (Incremented or decremented by one for  
each button press. Each one is equivalent to .5mm adjustment  
of left margin.)  
4. To save the value press Select.  
3-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Two alignment pages automatically print for the change made.  
A correct adjustment is determined when the pages are held to  
the light and the lines on both pages line up with each other.  
Note: If you select the Continuous Option under Duplex Quick  
Test, you will need to press the stop button to cancel the test.  
5. Press Return to exit the registration menu.  
Setting top margin  
1. Select Registration.  
2. Select Top Margin.  
3. Adjust the top margin by increasing the value displayed using  
Menu.  
The range is 1 to 15. (Incremented or decremented by one for  
each button press. Each one is equivalent to .7mm adjustment  
of top margin.)  
4. To save the value press Select.  
A quick test page automatically prints for the change made.  
Note: If you select the Continuous Option under Duplex Quick  
Test, you will need to press the Stop button to cancel the test.  
5. Press Return to exit the registration menu.  
Print tests  
The purpose of the diagnostic print tests is to verify that the printer  
can print on media from each of the installed input options.  
For each input source selected, the following choices are available:  
Single (prints the print test page once).  
Continuous (continue printing the print test page until Return or Stop  
is pressed).  
Tray 1 = single, Tray 1 = continuous  
Tray 2 = single, Tray 2 = continuous (if installed)  
Diagnostic aids 3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
The contents of the print test page vary depending on the media  
installed in the selected input source. If a source is selected that  
contains paper, legal, letter and so on, a page similar to the quick  
test page is printed. However, the page does not contain the print  
registration diamonds.  
If Continuous is selected, all sources printing print the same page  
continuously until the test is stopped. If continuous is selected for a  
source containing envelopes, the envelope print test pattern prints  
on the first envelope and subsequent envelopes are blank.  
Note: The print test page may be printed on any paper or envelope  
size, however more than one sheet of some media sizes may be  
required. The print test page is always single sided, regardless of  
duplex settings or the presence of the duplex unit.  
To run the print test page:  
1. Select Print Tests from the diagnostic menu.  
2. Select the media source.  
3. Select Single or Continuous.  
If single is selected, no buttons are active during printing. If  
continuous is selected, Return or Stop can be selected to  
cancel the test.  
Note: The power indicator blinks while the page is printing. Check  
each test page from each source to assist in print quality and paper  
feed problems.  
Hardware tests  
The following hardware tests can be selected from this menu:  
LCD Test  
Button Test  
DRAM Memory Test  
Parallel Wrap (if available)  
Serial 1 Wrap (if available)  
Serial 3 Wrap (if available)  
ROM Memory Test  
Serial Wrap (if available)  
Serial 2 Wrap (if available)  
3-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
LCD test  
To run the LCD test:  
1. Select LCD Test from the diagnostic menu.  
The LCD test continually executes the LCD display test.  
2. Press Return or Stop to cancel the test.  
Button test  
To run the button test:  
1. Select Button Test from the diagnostic menu.  
With no buttons pressed, several OP (Open) appear on the  
display.  
2. Press each button one at a time and a CL (Closed) displays in  
place of an OP.  
The proper operation of each button can be checked.  
3. Press Return or Stop to cancel the test.  
Parallel wrap test  
This test is used with a wrap plug to check operation of the parallel  
port hardware. Each parallel signal is tested.  
To run the parallel wrap test:  
1. Disconnect the parallel interface cable and install the wrap plug  
(P/N 1319128).  
2. Select the Parallel Wrap Test from the menu.  
The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress. The  
test runs continuously until canceled.  
Each time the test finishes, the screen is updated with the result  
(Display shows P:###### for pass and F:###### for fail). If the  
test passes, the pass count increases by 1, however if the test  
fails, one of the following messages display for approximately 3  
seconds and then the fail count increases by one.  
Sync Busy Error  
Strobe Interrupt Request Error  
Byte Interrupt Request Error  
Init Fall Error  
Diagnostic aids 3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
5021-0XX  
Init Busy Error  
Init Rise Error  
Host Busy Error  
RAM Data AA Error  
RAM Data 55 Error  
RAM Data FF Error  
RAM Data 00 Error  
DMA Count Error  
DMA Address Error  
DMA Memory Error  
Clear Init Rise Error  
False Init Fall Error  
Autofeed Rising Interrupt Error  
False Autofeed Rise Error  
Clear Autofeed Fall Error  
DMA Interrupt Error  
DMA Background Error  
False Init Rise Error  
Clear Autofeed Rise Error  
Autofeed Falling Interrupt Error  
Once the maximum pass or fail count is reached, the test stops  
and the final test results are displayed.  
3. Press Return or Stop to exit the test.  
ROM memory test  
The ROM memory test is used to check the validity of the RIP board  
code and fonts.  
To run the ROM memory test:  
1. Select ROM Test from the menu.  
The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress. The  
test runs continuously.  
2. Press Return or Stop to exit the test.  
P:###### represents the number of times the memory test has  
passed and finished successfully. Initially 000000 displays with  
the maximum pass count being 999,999.  
F:###### represents the time the memory test has failed and  
finished with errors. Initially 00000 displays with the maximum  
fail count being 99,999.  
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates with the result. If  
the test passes, the pass count increases by 1, however if the  
test fails, one of the following messages displays for  
approximately 3 seconds:  
ROM checksum error  
ROM burst read error  
3-10 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Once the maximum pass or fail count is reached, the test stops  
and the final results display on the screen.  
DRAM memory test  
The purpose of this test is to check the validity of DRAM, both  
standard and optional. The test writes patterns of data to DRAM to  
verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly.  
To run the DRAM memory test:  
1. Select DRAM Test from the menu.  
The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress.  
2. If you need to stop the test before it finishes, turn the printer off.  
P:###### represents the number of times the memory test has  
passed and finished successfully. Initially 000000 displays with  
the maximum pass count being 999,999.  
F:##### represents the time the memory test has failed and  
finished with errors. Initially 00000 displays with the maximum  
fail count being 99,999.  
Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached, the test  
stops, and the final results display. If the test fails, the message  
DRAM error, displays for approximately three seconds and the  
fail count increases by 1.  
Serial wrap test  
This test is used to check the operation of the serial port hardware  
using a wrap plug. Each signal is tested.  
To run the serial wrap test:  
1. Disconnect the serial interface cable and install the wrap plug.  
2. Select the appropriate Serial Wrap Test from the menu.  
The following screen displays: serial X wrap P:######  
F:######  
X indicates which serial port is being tested,  
blank = standard  
1 = optional serial port #1  
2 = optional serial port #2  
Diagnostic aids 3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
3 = operational serial port #3.  
P represents the number of times the test has passed  
(finished successfully). Initially 000000 is displayed for  
######. The maximum pass count is 999,999.  
F represents the number of times the test has failed or  
finished with errors. Initially 00000 is displayed for #####.  
The maximum fail count is 99,999.  
Note: The power indicator blinks indicating the test is running.  
Each time the test finishes, the screen updates with the result. If  
the test passes, the pass count increases by 1, however if the  
test fails, one of the following failure messages displays for  
approximately 3 seconds and the fail count increases by 1:  
Receive Status Interrupt Error  
Receive Data Interrupt Error  
Transmit Empty Error  
Receive Data Ready Error  
Framing Error  
Status Error  
Transmit Data Interrupt Error  
Threshold Error  
Break Interrupt Error  
Parity Error  
Overrun Error  
Data Error  
Data 232 Error  
FIFO Error  
Data 422 Error  
DSR Error  
DSR PIO Error  
CTS Error  
DSR Interrupt Error  
CTS Interrupt Error  
CTS PIO Error  
Once the maximum count is reached the test stops and the final  
results display.  
3. Press Return or Stop to exit the test.  
3-12 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Duplex tests  
Duplex left margin  
The left margin adjust lets the user set the left margin for the duplex  
option so it matches the base machine left margin, for alignment  
purposes. It can also be used to print a page for duplex testing.  
To set the duplex left margin:  
1. Enter diagnostic mode. See Diagnostic modeon page 3-4,  
for more information.  
2. Select Duplex Test.  
3. Select Duplex Left Margin.  
4. Adjust left margin position using Menu> or Menu<.  
5. To save the value press Select.  
The range is 1 to 15.  
An alignment page automatically prints for the change made. A  
correct adjustment is determined when the page is held to the  
light and the lines on both sides of the page line up with each  
other.  
6. Press Return to exit the diagnostic mode.  
Note: The duplex feed test can be run using any of the paper  
sizes supported.  
Pressing Select causes the alignment pages for the duplex unit  
to print. Once the pages have printed, the user needs to hold up  
the two sheets as designated by the headings on the page Top  
of Sheetto show the proper orientation of the page. Hold the  
pages to the light and set the left margin to the value whose  
vertical lines most closely align on the sheet. The printing  
alignment page status message displays and the power  
indicator blinks, while the pages are being fed through the  
printer. The duplex left margin cannot be canceled.  
Diagnostic aids 3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Device tests  
Quick disk test  
This test performs a non-destructive read/write on one block per  
track on the disk. The test reads one block on each track, saves the  
data, and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes  
in the block. If the block is good, the saved data is written back to the  
disk.  
To run the quick disk test:  
1. Select the Quick Disk Test from the device tests menu.  
The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress.  
2. The Quick Disk Test/Test Passedmessage displays and the  
power indicator turns on solid.  
3. The Quick Disk Test/Test Failedmessage displays and the  
power indicator turns on solid.  
4. Press Go, Return, or Stop to return to the device test menu.  
Disk test/clean  
Warning: This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be  
attempted on a good disk. Normally this test will only be used when  
the disk contains bad data and is therefore unusable. Also note that  
this test may be extremely lengthy depending on the disk size.  
To run the disk test/clean test:  
1. Select Disk Test/Clean from the device tests menu.  
"Files will be lost. Go/Stop?" message displays to warn the user  
that all contents on the disk will be lost.  
To exit the test immediately and return to the device tests menu,  
press Return or Stop. To continue with the test, press Go. If Go  
is selected, "Disk Test/Clean/Testing ... yyy%" message  
displays. The screen updates periodically indicating the  
percentage of test completed and the number of bad blocks  
found.  
The power indicator blinks during the test. Because of the  
nature of this operation, canceling of this test is not allowed.  
3-14 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
5021-0XX  
If the test passes, then the following message is displayed:  
Disk Test/Clean  
Test Passed  
If the test fails, then the following message is displayed:  
Disk Test/Clean  
Test Failed  
2. Press Go, Return, or Stop to return to the device tests menu  
after the test is complete.  
Flash test  
This test causes the file system to write and read data on the flash to  
test the flash.  
Warning: This test leaves the flash unformatted. The flash will be  
formatted later in this procedure.  
To run the flash test:  
1. Select Flash Test from the device tests menu.  
The following message is displayed to warn the customer  
that all flash content will be lost: Files will be lost. Go/Stop.”  
Press Go to continue, Return or Stop to exit the test  
immediately.  
The power indicator blinks while the test is running.  
Flash Test/Test Passedmessage displays if the test  
passes and the power indicator turns on solid.  
Flash Test/Test Failedmessage displays if the test fails  
and the power indicator turns on solid.  
2. Press Go, Return, or Stop to return to the device tests menu.  
Diagnostic aids 3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Printer setup  
Note: Defaults within this printer can be set to either U.S. or Non-  
U.S.  
Setting the page count  
This lets the servicer change the page count from the diagnostic  
menu. This is used whenever the operator panel cable is replaced  
because this contains the printer NVRAM memory where the page  
count is stored.  
To set the page count:  
1. Select Page Counts from the diagnostic menu. To enter  
diagnostic mode, see Diagnostic modeon page 3-4.  
2. Select either Color Page Counts or Mono Page Counts.  
The current page count displays and the leftmost digit blinks,  
indicating it is the first digit to be changed.  
3. Press Menu until the value you want appears.  
4. Press Select to move to the next digit.  
5. Press Menu until the value you want appears.  
Continue with each digit until you set the page count. You can  
skip any digit by pressing Select.  
6. Press Select to save the new page count in NVRAM.  
7. Press Return or Stop to exit the diagnostic menu.  
Viewing the permanent page count  
Note: The permanent page count can only be viewed; it cannot be  
changed.  
To view the permanent page count:  
1. Select Perm Page Count from the page counts menu.  
2. Press Return/Stop to exit the diagnostic menu.  
3-16 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
5021-0XX  
Serial number  
The serial number is set at the factory and cannot be changed. This  
is for viewing the serial number only.  
The serial number will be XXXXXXXX (8-digit string)  
Where X=A to Z, or 0 to 9.  
If you replace the engine controller board, the serial number needs  
to be identified from the serial number label on the printer.  
Setting configuration ID  
The configuration ID is used to communicate information about  
certain areas of the printer that cannot be determined using  
hardware sensors. The configuration ID is originally set at the  
factory when the printer is manufactured, however it requires  
resetting whenever you replace the operator panel cable and can be  
set on the operator panel.  
To set the configuration ID:  
1. Obtain the configuration ID for this printer by opening the front  
cover and looking for a sticker on the inner front cover.  
2. Enter diagnostics mode, see Diagnostic modeon page 3-4.  
3. Select Configuration ID from the printer setup menu.  
The current ID displays on the screen. The leftmost digit blinks  
indicating that it is the first digit to be changed.  
4. Press either Menu to change to the value you want.  
5. Press Select to move to the next digit, or press Select again to  
skip a digit.  
Change each digit as required.  
6. When the last digit is changed, press Select to validate the  
Configuration ID.  
If the ID is invalid then "INVALID ID" message displays on  
Line 2 before the ID re-displays. You have to reenter the  
configuration ID until a valid ID is verified.  
Diagnostic aids 3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
5021-0XX  
If the ID is valid then the ID is saved in NVRAM and the  
printer automatically PORs to activate the new setting.  
Note: When the printer PORs it does so in the normal mode.  
Parallel strobe adjustment  
This setting lets the user adjust the factory setting for the amount of  
time strobe is sampled. This determines whether valid data is  
available on the parallel port.  
Increasing this value means that strobe is sampled 50ns longer.  
Decreasing this value means that strobe is sampled 50ns shorter.  
The range of this setting is -4 to +6.  
Example of setting:  
A value of 0 indicates no adjustment is sampled from the factory  
setting.  
A value of -1 indicates the sample strobe time is reduced by  
50ns.  
A value of +3 indicates the sampled strobe time is increased by  
150ns.  
3-18 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Error log  
Viewing the error log  
The error log provides a history of printer errors. The error log  
contains the 12 most recent errors that have occurred on the printer.  
The most recent error displays in position 1 and the oldest error  
displays in position 12 (if 12 errors have occurred). If an error occurs  
after the log is full, the oldest error is discarded. Identical errors in  
consecutive positions in the log are entered. All 2xx and 9xx error  
messages are stored in the error log.  
To view the error log:  
1. Select Display Log from the error log menu.  
The error log displays on three screens as only four entries  
display at a time.  
2. To move to the next screen press Menu> to move forward or  
<Menu to move backward.  
3. Press Return or Stop to exit the error log.  
Printing the error log  
The history of printer errors can also be printed. The printout of the  
log contains the following information for each error in the log:  
Model and serial number of the printer  
Page count when the error occurred  
Code versions of all packages when error occurred  
Panel display when error occurred  
Debug information depending on error (no debug  
information for 900 service errors)  
The extra information is intended to assist in diagnosing problems  
quicker.  
To print the error log:  
1. Select Print Log from the error log menu.  
2. Press Return or Stop to exit the error log.  
Diagnostic aids 3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
Clearing the error log  
To clear the error log:  
1. Select Clear Log from the error log menu.  
2. Select YES to clear the error log or NO to exit the clear log  
menu.  
If YES is selected, the empty error log displays on the screen.  
3. Press Return or Stop to exit the clear log menu.  
Restore EP factory defaults  
To restore each of the printer settings contained in the EP setup  
menu to their factory default value select Defaults from the printer  
setup menu. To exit the menu without restoring the settings to the  
factory default values, press Return. Sometimes this is used to help  
correct print quality problems.  
3-20 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Exiting diagnostic mode  
Select Exit Diagnostics to exit the diagnostics mode and return to  
normal mode.  
Diagnostic aids 3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
3-22 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
4. Repair information  
Removal and cleaning precautions  
Observe the following precautions whenever you service the printer:  
Be sure to unplug the printer from the outlet before attempting  
to service the printer.  
To reassemble the printer, reverse the order of removal unless  
otherwise specified.  
Do not operate the printer anytime during removals. If it is  
absolutely necessary to run the printer with its covers removed,  
use care not to allow your clothing to be caught in revolving  
parts such as the gears, rollers and fan motor.  
Never touch the terminals of electrical parts or high-voltage  
parts such as the high voltage power supply.  
Remove the ground wire when removing or replacing the low  
voltage power supply. After installation is complete, confirm the  
ground wire is reconnected to the earth mark  
.
After part replacement, ensure the wiring harness is not caught  
or damaged.  
Do not attempt to cut or extend the wiring harness.  
Confirm the wiring harness connector is connected properly.  
Be sure to handle the fuser carefully as it remains hot for a while  
after the printer stops running. Always unplug connectors by  
holding the connector housing.  
Remember to install the ground wire or ground plate to ensure  
positive conduction. Install the screw with a toothed washer in  
the correct position at reassembly.  
Repair information 4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Handling the printed circuit boards with  
MOS ICs  
The following precautions must be observed when handling circuit  
boards with MOS (Metal Oxide Semiconductor) ICs.  
During transportation/storage:  
Do not remove new circuit boards from their protective  
conductive bags until needed.  
Do not store or place circuit boards in a location exposed to  
direct sunlight.  
When it becomes necessary to remove a board from its  
conductive bag or case, always place it on its conductive mat in  
an area as free as possible from static electricity.  
Do not touch pins of the ICs with your bare hands.  
During replacement:  
Before you unplug connectors from the circuit boards, be sure  
the power cord has been unplugged from the power outlet.  
When you remove a board from its conductive bag or case, do  
not touch the pins of the ICs or the printed pattern. Place it in  
position by holding only the edges of the board.  
Before you plug connectors into the board, be sure the power  
cord has been unplugged from the power outlet.  
During inspection:  
Avoid checking any IC directly with a multimeter; use  
connectors on the board.  
Never create a closed circuit across IC pins with a metal tool.  
If it is necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical  
components on the board, be sure to ground your body.  
4-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Photodeveloper cartridge  
The following precautions must be observed when handling the  
photodeveloper cartridge or commonly called OPC (optical photo  
conductor). The photodeveloper cartridge is a supply item you will  
have to remove during some of the repair procedures:  
During transportation/storage  
Use the specified carton whenever moving or storing the  
photodeveloper cartridge.  
Handling  
The OPC belt in the photodeveloper cartridge exhibits the  
greatest light fatigue after being exposed to strong light over an  
extended period of time. Never expose it to direct sunlight.  
Cover the photodeveloper cartridge when you remove it from  
the printer.  
Use care not to contaminate the surface of the OPC belt with  
oil-base solvent, fingerprints, and other foreign matter.  
Do not scratch the surface of the OPC belt.  
Parts not to be touched  
Any part where the mounting screws are used to meet a machine  
alignment set at the factory must not be removed, disassembled, or  
adjusted. For example, the paper pickup roll mounting bracket or  
internal parts not provided as replacement parts.  
Repair information 4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Printer removal procedures  
Precautions to take before maintenance work  
Do not implement any operation, removal, or modification and so on,  
which are not presented in this manual.  
1. Turn the printer power off and unplug the power cable from the  
outlet prior to starting removals or checks.  
2. Prior to starting any repairs, read and understand the warnings  
in this manual.  
High temperature  
High voltage  
Laser radiation  
3. Collect and properly dispose of the waste toner or toner  
cartridge.  
4. Remove the ground wire when removing or replacing the low  
voltage power supply.  
After installation is complete, confirm the ground wire is  
reconnected to the earth mark  
.
5. Confirm the direction of all parts and screw length during  
removal/replacement.  
6. Utilize the proper cleaning procedures/solvents during  
maintenance.  
7. Confirm that all parts and covers are properly installed and  
assembled prior to starting the print test.  
4-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
CRU/FRU and supplies removals  
There are FRU/CRUs and supply items that will need to be removed  
prior to some of the removal procedures. The removal procedure will  
specify when the part must be removed.  
Repair information 4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Cleaning roller cover removal  
1. Open top cover.  
2. Depress tabs and remove cleaning roller cover.  
Transfer belt cleaning roller removal  
1. Remove cleaning roller cover. See Cleaning roller cover  
2. Lift and remove transfer belt cleaning roller.  
4-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
Transfer belt unit removal  
Note: If the duplex unit is installed, remove it to allow greater rear  
cover assembly clearance. The captive screw on the right can be  
removed by pulling out the plastic sleeve and rotating or by using a  
screwdriver.  
1. Open rear cover assembly.  
2. Rotate two captive screws (A) counterclockwise until loose.  
A
Warning: Take great care when removing the transfer belt unit to  
prevent scratching the transfer belt. Do not touch or hit the belt  
during removal.  
Repair information 4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Pull transfer belt unit toward rear of printer, lift and remove.  
Transfer roller removal  
1. Open rear cover assembly.  
2. Rotate transfer roller to release; lift and remove.  
4-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Fuser assembly removal  
1. Push rear cover assembly latch and lower rear cover assembly.  
2. Turn two green fuser release levers (A).  
3. Lift fuser straight up and away from printer.  
Repair information 4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Waste toner bottle removal  
1. Open front cover.  
2. Remove waste toner bottle.  
Warning: Ensure that waste toner bottle is secured and not allowed  
to tip over during repair process. Failure to adhere to this warning  
may result in toner spillage.  
4-10 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Photodeveloper cartridge removal  
Warning: Follow precautionary procedures (see Photodeveloper  
cartridgeon page 4-3) when removing photodeveloper cartridge.  
1. Open top cover assembly.  
2. Depress release levers (A).  
3. Lift and remove photodeveloper cartridge.  
4. Lay photodeveloper cartridge as shown in a clean area.  
Repair information 4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
5. Cover photodeveloper cartridge with a piece of paper as shown.  
4-12 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Duplex unit assembly removal  
1. Unplug duplex connector.  
2. Turn bracket mounting screw counterclockwise to loosen it.  
Unhook the bracket (A) from the slot.  
Repair information 4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Open duplex rear door (A) and pull down redrive assembly (B).  
4. Pull green thumbscrews (C) out and turn counterclockwise until  
loosened.  
Note: During reinstallation of duplex unit, ensure that thumbscrews  
are fully depressed after tightening. Failure to fully depress the  
thumbscrews may result in paper jams.  
4-14 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
5. Lift duplex unit up and away from printer.  
Repair information 4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Secondary paper feed assembly removal  
1. Remove left secondary paper feed assembly cover. Repeat for  
the right side.  
2. Loosen thumbscrew (A) on left bracket and remove bracket.  
Repeat for right side.  
3. With aid from another person, lift printer by recessed handholds  
and remove from secondary paper feed assembly.  
4-16 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Cover removals  
Repair information 4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Top cover assembly removal  
1. Remove cleaning roller cover. See Cleaning roller cover  
2. Remove photodeveloper cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
3. Open rear cover assembly.  
4. Open front cover.  
5. Remove screw (A) from operator panel.  
6. Rotate rear of operator panel and operator panel cover up.  
7. Pull operator panel forward and turn it over.  
8. Disconnect operator panel cable.  
9. Remove two screws (B) from top cover assembly.  
4-18 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
10. Release tabs on front of top cover assembly.  
11. Lift top cover assembly and remove.  
Front cover assembly removal  
1. Open front cover assembly.  
2. Remove 8 screws (A) from inner front cover.  
Repair information 4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Disengage support strap from printer.  
4. Release tabs on front cover.  
5. Remove front cover from inner front cover.  
6. Raise front inner cover.  
4-20 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
7. Rotate support pin away from printer and slide toward center of  
printer to remove. Repeat for other support pin.  
8. Remove front inner cover from printer.  
Repair information 4-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Right cover removal  
1. Remove waste toner bottle. See Waste toner bottle removal”  
2. Remove top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly  
3. Remove 2 screws (A) from bottom of right cover.  
4. Remove right cover from printer. Maneuver front cover for easy  
removal.  
Rear cover assembly removal  
1. Remove fuser assembly. See Fuser assembly removalon  
2. Remove transfer belt unit. See Transfer belt unit removalon  
3. Remove right cover. See Right cover removalon  
4-22 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
4. Disconnect rear cover assembly connector (A).  
5. Remove support pin (B), disconnecting support cable from  
printer.  
6. Remove two screws (C) from rear cover assembly.  
7. Slide right side of rear cover assembly away from printer until  
hinge clears slot.  
8. Slide rear cover assembly toward right side until captured end of  
rear cover assembly clears mounting bracket.  
9. Remove rear cover assembly by pulling away from printer.  
Repair information 4-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Left cover removal  
1. Remove rip board. See RIP board removalon page 4-45.  
2. Remove top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly  
3. Remove two screws (A) from bottom of left cover.  
A
4. Remove left cover from printer.  
Laser unit assembly (printhead) removal  
1. Open front cover.  
2. Remove toner cartridges.  
3. Remove photodeveloper cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
4. Open top cover assembly.  
4-24 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
5. Remove two screws (A) from laser unit assembly cover.  
Photograph shows looking through opening in top cover  
assembly.  
A
6. Unlatch and remove laser unit assembly cover.  
Repair information 4-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
7. Remove four screws (B) from laser unit assembly.  
B
B
8. Remove laser unit assembly from printer.  
9. Disconnect connector from laser unit assembly.  
Laser unit fan assembly removal  
1. Open front cover.  
2. Remove toner cartridges.  
3. Remove photodeveloper cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
4. Open top cover assembly.  
4-26 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
5. Disconnect laser unit fan assembly connector (A).  
A
6. Remove screw (B).  
B
7. Remove fan assembly.  
Erase lamp removal  
1. Remove all toner cartridges.  
2. Remove photodeveloper cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
3. Remove transfer belt unit. See Transfer belt unit removalon  
Repair information 4-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
4. Disconnect erase lamp cable (A).  
5. Remove two screws (B).  
6. Remove erase lamp.  
4-28 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Right side removals  
Front door interlock switch removal  
1. Remove top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly  
Note: The interlock cable may be difficult to remove. Use a flat tip  
tool to disengage the mechanical lock between the cable connector  
and switch contacts. The switch comes with a bracket. If switch is  
defective, replace only the switch. If bracket is broken, replace the  
Repair information 4-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
2. Disconnect interlock switch cable from interlock switch.  
3. Remove interlock switch from switch bracket.  
4-30 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Front door interlock switch with bracket  
1. Remove developer drive assembly. See Developer drive  
2. Remove screw (A).  
3. Remove switch with bracket.  
Developer motor removal  
1. Remove right cover. See Right cover removalon  
2. Disconnect developer motor cable (A) from motor.  
3. Remove 4 screws (B).  
B
A
4. Remove developer motor from drive assembly.  
Repair information 4-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Waste toner bottle holder removal  
1. Remove right cover. See Right cover removalon  
2. Disconnect waste toner bottle holder connector (A).  
3. Remove two screws (B) from waste toner bottle holder.  
B
A
4. Remove waste toner bottle holder from printer.  
Developer drive assembly removal  
1. Remove main motor assembly. See Main motor assembly  
2. Remove waste toner bottle holder. See Waste toner bottle  
4-32 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5021-0XX  
3. Remove four clips and developer drive gears (A) from inside of  
printer.  
A
Note: The cables that connect to the developer clutches are color  
coded. One wire of the cable is white while the other wire represents  
the color of the toner for the associated developer clutch.  
4. Disconnect developer clutch cables.  
5. Remove four screws (B) from developer drive assembly.  
B
Cyan Magenta  
Black  
Yellow  
Repair information 4-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
6. Disengage developer drive assembly from retaining tabs (C)  
and remove developer drive assembly from printer.  
4-34 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Toner sensor (sender) removal  
1. Remove developer drive assembly. See Developer drive  
2. Remove two screws (A) from toner sensor.  
Note: Bottom screw is longer than top screw.  
3. Pull toner sensor away from printer, disconnect cable, and  
remove sensor.  
Repair information 4-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Cleaning roller clutch removal  
1. Remove transfer belt cleaning roller. See Transfer belt  
2. Remove right cover. See Right cover removalon  
3. Using a flat tip tool, pry and remove cleaning roller clutch gear  
from inside of printer.  
4-36 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
4. Remove wires from cable guide on front of cleaning roller clutch  
(A).  
5. Disconnect cleaning roller clutch cable (B).  
6. Remove three screws (C) from cleaning roller clutch.  
A
B
C
7. Remove cleaning roller clutch from printer.  
Repair information 4-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Main motor assembly removal  
1. Remove right cover. See Right cover removalon  
2. Remove clutch wires from wire guide and swing wire guide  
away from printer.  
3. Disconnect main motor assembly cable (A) from main motor.  
4-38 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
4. Remove 4 screws (B) from the main motor assembly.  
5. Remove main motor assembly from printer.  
Repair information 4-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Clutch removal  
Note: This procedure applies to the fuser clutch, transfer roller  
clutch, registration clutch, and the paper feed clutch.  
1. Remove right cover. See Right cover removalon  
2. Disconnect clutch cable (A).  
3. Remove clip from clutch (B).  
4. Slide clutch away from printer to remove.  
4-40 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Main drive gear assembly removal  
1. Remove cleaning roller clutch. See Toner sensor (sender)  
2. Remove main motor assembly. See Main motor assembly  
Note: If you are removing the main drive gear assembly to get to  
the waste toner feeder you do not have to remove the fuser, transfer  
roller, registration, or paper feed clutch. The clutches are removed at  
the first of this procedure because the main drive gear assembly  
FRU does not include the clutches.  
3. Remove fuser clutch. See Clutch removalon page 4-40.  
4. Remove transfer roller clutch. See Clutch removalon  
5. Remove registration clutch. See Clutch removalon  
6. Remove paper feed clutch. See Clutch removalon  
7. Remove five screws (A) that secure main drive gear assembly  
to printer.  
A
Repair information 4-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
8. Remove main drive gear assembly from printer.  
Note: When reinserting the main drive gear assembly, ensure that  
you start with the bottom right corner. This allows proper installation  
of the assembly. The photo depicts proper removal and the first part  
of reinstalling.  
Waste toner feeder removal  
1. Remove main drive gear assembly. See Main drive gear  
2. Loosen two screws (A) of sensor base to allow free movement  
of waste toner feeder.  
A
4-42 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Remove screw (B) from waste toner feeder pipe.  
B
4. Remove waste toner feeder pipe from waste toner bottle holder.  
5. Pull and remove waste toner feeder from printer.  
Repair information 4-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Rear removals  
4-44 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
RIP board removal  
1. Disconnect any attached cables.  
2. Remove four screws (A).  
3. Slide RIP board out of printer.  
Bracket assembly removal  
1. Remove erase lamp. See Erase lamp removalon  
2. Remove two screws (A).  
3. Disconnect connector (B) from transfer belt marker sensor.  
Repair information 4-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5021-0XX  
4. Disconnect connector (C) from toner density sensor.  
5. Lift and remove bracket assembly.  
Paper guide assembly removal  
1. Remove duplex unit if attached. See Duplex unit assembly  
2. Remove lower duplex cover from rear cover assembly.  
4-46 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
3. Remove two screws (A) that attach paper guide assembly to  
printer. Screws are located in holes.  
4. Open rear cover assembly.  
5. Lift and remove paper guide assembly (B) from printer.  
Paper guide (C) assembly removal  
1. Remove paper guide assembly. See Paper guide assembly  
2. Remove transfer belt unit. See Transfer belt unit removalon  
Repair information 4-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Remove support pin, disconnecting support cable (A) from  
printer.  
4. Remove two screws (B) that attach paper guide (C) assembly to  
printer.  
5. Disconnect three sensor cables from sensors located on paper  
guide (C) assembly and remove paper guide (C) assembly.  
Paper feed roller removal  
1. Remove paper guide (C) assembly. See Paper guide (C)  
2. Slide paper feed roller off shaft to remove.  
4-48 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Paper exit assembly removal  
1. Open rear cover assembly.  
2. Remove plastic bracket (A).  
3. Disconnect cable (B).  
Repair information 4-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
4. Remove two screws (C).  
4-50 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
5. Disconnect cable (D).  
6. Remove two screws (E).  
7. Remove paper exit (F).  
Repair information 4-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Registration assembly removal  
1. Remove transfer roller. See Transfer roller removalon  
2. Remove three metal screws (A) and three plastic screws (B).  
3. Lift and remove registration assembly.  
4-52 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Left side removals  
Repair information 4-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Operator panel cable removal  
1. Remove left cover. See Left cover removalon page 4-24.  
2. Remove three screws (A) from engine controller board shield;  
remove shield.  
A
3. Disconnect operator panel cable (B) from engine controller  
board and remove.  
4-54 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Engine controller board removal  
1. Remove left cover. See Left cover removalon page 4-24.  
2. Remove RIP board. See RIP board removalon page 4-45.  
3. Remove three screws (A) from engine controller board shield;  
remove shield.  
A
4. Disconnect all connectors from engine controller board.  
Repair information 4-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
5. Remove four screws (B) from engine controller board; remove  
engine controller board.  
B
Note: When reinstalling flat cables, ensure blue side of cable is  
opposite pins on connectors HVCN, I1CN, and I2CN. Flat cable pins  
are exposed on only one side (opposite blue side) and must make  
contact with metal pins on connectors.  
4-56 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
RIP board cage removal  
1. Remove engine controller board. See Operator panel cable  
2. Remove screw (A) from power supply fan.  
A
3. Lay power supply fan to side.  
Repair information 4-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
4. Remove ducting.  
4-58 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
5. Remove three screws (B) from RIP board cage.  
B
6. Remove RIP board cage.  
High voltage power supply (HVPS) removal  
1. Remove RIP board cage. See RIP board cage removalon  
2. Disconnect all connectors from HVPS.  
Note: When reinstalling flat cable, ensure blue side of cable is  
opposite pins on connector CN1. Flat cable pins are exposed on  
only one side (opposite blue side) and must make contact with metal  
pins on connector.  
Repair information 4-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Remove 11 screws (A) (4 corner screws are gold in color  
(metal), inner screws are silver (plastic)); remove HVPS.  
A
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) with cage removal  
1. Remove transfer belt unit. See Transfer belt unit removalon  
2. Remove RIP board cage. See RIP board cage removalon  
4-60 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Remove grounding terminal screw (A).  
4. Disconnect power supply bracket connector (B).  
5. Remove three screws (C) that attach power supply bracket;  
remove power supply bracket.  
6. Disconnect all connectors from LVPS.  
7. Remove three metal screws (D) and 3 plastic screws (E) that  
attach LVPS with cage; remove LVPS with cage.  
Repair information 4-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
HVPS cage removal  
2. Remove LVPS with cage. See Low voltage power supply  
3. Remove five screws (A) from shield cover.  
A
4. Disconnect toner present sensor cable (B) from connector  
(DCN2) on I/O board.  
4-62 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
5. Remove four screws (C); remove HVPS cage.  
Toner present sensor removal  
1. Remove HVPS cage. See HVPS cage removalon  
2. Remove two screws (A); remove toner present sensor.  
Repair information 4-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Toner sensor (receiver) removal  
Note: The toner sensor is comprised of two separate parts: the  
sender and receiver. The sender portion of the toner sensor is  
located on the right side of the printer. See Toner sensor (sender)  
1. Remove HVPS cage. See HVPS cage removalon  
2. Disconnect toner sensor cable from connector (A) on toner  
sensor (receiver).  
3. Remove 2 screws (B); remove toner sensor (receiver).  
Note: Bottom screw is longer than top screw.  
A
B
Toner retract solenoid and cam removal  
1. For cyan retract solenoid, remove LVPS with cage. See Low  
2. For rest of retract solenoids, remove HVPS cage. See HVPS  
3. Disconnect cable from toner retract solenoid connector (A).  
4-64 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5021-0XX  
4. Remove two screws (B); remove toner retract solenoid and  
toner retract cam.  
A
B
Left tray guide assembly removal  
1. Remove HVPS cage. See HVPS cage removalon  
2. Remove five screws (A) from shield cover (top); remove shield  
cover.  
A
Repair information 4-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
3. Disconnect cable from DCN19 on I/O board.  
4. Remove two (B) screws that secure left tray guide assembly to  
printer frame.  
B
5. Reroute cable from I/O board to allow sufficient cable length for  
removing left tray guide assembly from frame.  
4-66 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
6. Using a flat blade tool, disengage tabs on left tray guide  
assembly from printer frame.  
7. Slide left tray guide assembly out front of printer.  
Repair information 4-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Top removals  
4-68 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Marker sensor assembly removal  
1. Remove all toner cartridges.  
2. Remove photodeveloper cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
3. Remove transfer belt unit. See Transfer belt unit removalon  
4. Remove screw (A) from bracket.  
5. Disconnect cable from sensor and remove marker sensor  
assembly.  
Repair information 4-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
I/O board removal  
1. Remove top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly  
2. Remove five (A) screws from shield cover.  
A
3. Disconnect all cables attached to I/O board.  
Warning: There are several cables connected to the I/O board that  
can be interchanged. When removing the cables, especially if the tie  
wraps are to be cut, use an identification method for the cables.  
Write the distinguishing cable wire colors in the table provided. If a  
connector is not used, write N/A in the column.  
Connector Number of pins  
Cable wire colors  
DCN1  
DCN2  
DCN3  
DCN4  
DCN5  
DCN6  
DCN7  
DCN8  
DCN9  
DCN10  
DCN11  
DCN12  
39  
3
31  
8
3
6
12  
3
N/A  
24  
12  
14  
4-70 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Connector Number of pins  
Cable wire colors  
DCN13  
DCN14  
DCN15  
DCN16  
DCN17  
DCN18  
DCN19  
DCN20  
DCN21  
DCN22  
12  
16  
12  
14  
N/A  
3
10  
3
4
4
Do not remove the jumper.  
4. Remove six screws (B) from I/O board; remove I/O board.  
Note: When reinstalling flat cables, ensure blue side of cable is  
opposite pins on connectors DCN1 and DCN3. Flat cable pins are  
exposed on only one side (opposite blue side) and must make  
contact with metal pins on connectors.  
Repair information 4-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Waste toner auger removal  
1. Remove photodeveloper cartridge. See Photodeveloper  
2. Remove transfer belt unit. See Transfer belt unit removalon  
3. Remove top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly  
4. Remove transfer belt cleaning roller. See Transfer belt  
5. Remove two screws (A) from waste toner auger; remove waste  
toner auger.  
4-72 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Waste toner agitator removal  
1. Remove waste toner auger. See Waste toner auger removal”  
2. Remove gear (A) from cleaning roller clutch.  
3. Pull agitator off shaft; lift and remove.  
Repair information 4-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Power supply fan removal  
1. Remove top cover assembly. See Top cover assembly  
2. Remove 5 (A) screws from I/O shield cover.  
A
3. Disconnect cable from DCN20 on I/O board.  
4. Remove screw (A) from power supply fan.  
A
5. Disconnect cables from interlock switches and remove power  
supply fan.  
4-74 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
5. Locations and connectors  
Printer  
Locations and connectors 5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Part name  
Description  
Paper stopper  
Stopper for exited papers.  
Operator panel/cover  
Top cover assembly  
Rear cover assembly  
Displays status of printer operation.  
Upper enclosure and also the paper exit tray.  
Printer rear enclosure that opens allowing  
clearing of internal paper jams or  
maintenance work.  
Release lever (rear cover  
assembly)  
Releases rear cover assembly.  
Release lever (top cover  
assembly)  
Releases the opening portion of the top  
cover assembly. Opening the top cover  
assembly allows access to the  
photodeveloper unit.  
Right cover  
Front cover  
Covers the right side of the printer where the  
motors and drives are located.  
Printer front enclosure that opens allowing  
toner cartridge or waste toner bottle  
replacement.  
Paper tray  
Standard paper tray that holds printer paper.  
Upper duplex cover  
Covers a portion of the paper exit and is  
removed prior to installing duplex unit.  
Left cover  
Covers the left side of the printer where a  
majority of the electronic boards are located.  
Power switch  
AC input inlet  
Turns the printer on and off.  
Connects the power cord that supplies AC  
power to the printer.  
Lower duplex cover  
Covers a portion of the paper feed path and  
is removed prior to installation of the duplex  
unit. Removal of the lower duplex unit also  
gives access to paper guide (A) and (B)  
assemblies.  
5-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Options  
Locations and connectors 5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Electronic components  
Sensor locations  
Name  
Code  
Function  
Detects paper size.  
Paper size sensor  
PSU  
Registration  
sensor  
Detects whether paper is fed from paper  
drawer.  
PT1  
PT2  
Fuser exit sensor  
Tray empty sensor  
OHP sensor  
Detects when paper exits from rear cover  
assembly.  
Detects if paper is loaded in paper  
drawer.  
PEU  
Detects if transparencies are loaded in  
paper drawer.  
OHP  
OPC marker  
sensor  
Detects connecting position of OPC belt.  
PBS  
Toner empty  
sensor  
Detects if any toner cartridge is empty.  
TPD/TTR  
5-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Name  
Code  
Function  
Waste toner  
sensor  
Detects when waste toner bottle is full.  
WTS  
(LED/TR)  
Temperature  
sensor for fuser  
unit  
Thermistor that detects fuser  
temperature.  
TH  
Output tray full  
sensor  
Detects when paper exit tray is full.  
Detects presence of toner cartridge.  
PFUL  
TNK  
TDS  
Toner key sensor  
Toner density  
sensor  
Detects toner density of images formed  
on the transfer belt surface.  
Room temperature  
thermistor sensor  
Detects ambient room temperature.  
RTS  
TBS  
Transfer unit  
sensor  
Detects irregular rotation of transfer belt.l  
Locations and connectors 5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Printer circuit board locations  
Erase lamp  
I/O board  
Operator panel  
HVPS  
LVPS  
Engine controller board  
Name  
Function  
Engine controller  
board  
Controls the following printer processes  
Fuser temperature control  
Laser output control  
Operator panel indication  
Toner empty sensing control  
Error processing control  
Interface control  
Operator panel  
Erase lamp  
I/O board  
Displays the printer operation status and supports the  
manual input switch.  
Discharges OPC belt located in the photodeveloper  
cartridge.  
Relays signals between the controlled parts and  
engine controller board and drives the controlled  
parts.  
Low voltage power  
supply (LVPS)  
Provides power to control the printer.  
High voltage power  
supply (HVPS)  
Provides power necessary for the printing  
process.  
5-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Fan/motor locations  
Name  
Code  
Function  
Main motor  
Drives OPC belt and paper transport  
system.  
M M  
Developer  
motor  
Drives toner cartridge and developing  
system.  
D M  
Scanner motor  
Drives laser beam scanning in optical unit  
S C M  
PSFAN  
EXFAN  
LDFAN  
Power supply  
fan  
Exhausts heat from power  
supply unit and interface controller.  
Exit fan  
Exhausts heat from fusing unit.  
Laser fan  
Exhausts heat from laser assembly  
(printhead).  
Locations and connectors 5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Interlock switch locations  
Name  
Code  
Function  
Front cover  
interlock  
switch  
DSW1  
Rear cover  
assembly  
interlock  
switch  
Safety interlock switches that break power  
when covers are opened.  
DSW2  
DSW3  
Top cover  
interlock  
switch  
5-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Solenoid/clutch locations  
Cleaning roller  
clutch  
Toner retract  
solenoid  
Fuser clutch  
Transfer roller  
clutch  
Registration  
clutch  
Left side  
(shown with all  
boards removed)  
Paper feed  
clutch  
Developer  
clutches  
Name  
Code  
Function  
Paper feed clutch  
Feeds paper by coupling feed roller to the  
main gear unit at the time of a paper feed.  
PCLU  
Registration clutch  
Fuser clutch  
Transports paper by coupling registration  
roller to main gear unit as synchronized  
with rotation of transfer belt.  
RECL  
FUCL  
FBCL  
Drives the fusing roller by coupling the  
fuser unit to the main gear unit.  
Cleaning roller  
clutch  
Drives the transfer belt cleaner brush by  
coupling cleaning clutch to main gear unit  
at the time of transfer belt cleaning.  
Developer clutches  
Drives selected toner cartridge by  
coupling toner cartridge with developer  
gear. This is done for each color during  
development.  
DCL  
(Y,M,C,K)  
Locations and connectors 5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Name  
Code  
Function  
Toner retract  
solenoid  
Places selected toner cartridge in  
development position during development  
phase.  
DSL  
(Y,M,C,K)  
Transfer roller  
clutch  
Cam action clutch that rotates, allowing  
transfer roller to press against the back of  
paper during second transfer. The  
transfer roller touching the back of paper  
causes toner to release from transfer belt  
onto paper during second transfer  
process.  
TRCL  
5-10 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Symbol and part name table  
Symbol  
Part name  
BR  
Back-up roller  
CTFAN  
Control fan motor (cooling fan  
PS)  
DCLK  
DCLY  
DCLM  
DCLC  
Developer clutch (K.Y.M.C.)  
DM  
Developer motor  
Drum jam sensor  
Interlock switch (front)  
Interlock switch (top)  
Interlock switch (rear)  
Duplex unit  
DPJ  
DSW1  
DSW2  
DSW3  
DUP  
Erase lamp  
FBCL  
Erase lamp  
Cleaning roller solenoid  
Cleaning cam clutch  
Cleaning roller sensor  
Fuser clutch  
FBSOL  
FCS  
FUCL  
FUSER unit  
HPSEN  
HR  
Fuser unit  
Drum encoder sensor  
Heater roller  
HTFAN  
Heater fan motor (cooling fan  
EX)  
HVU  
IOD1  
IOD2  
LCD  
High voltage unit  
IOD1 P.W.B.  
IOD2 P.W.B.  
LCD P.W.B.  
Locations and connectors 5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Symbol  
Part name  
LDU  
Laser drive unit P.W.B.  
Lower paper feeding unit  
Power supply unit  
LFU  
LVPS  
MCTL  
Main engine (MCTL P.W.B.)  
board  
MM  
Main motor  
OHP sensor  
Oil sensor  
OHP  
OIL  
Optical unit  
OZFAN  
Optical unit  
Ozone fan motor (cooling fan  
OZ)  
PANEL  
PBS  
Operator panel P.W.B.  
Belt sensor  
PCLU  
PDU  
Upper paper feeding clutch  
PDU P.W.B.  
PEU  
Upper paper empty sensor  
Exit paper full sensor  
Developer cam clutch  
PFUL  
PSL (MC)  
PSL (KY)  
PSU  
PT1  
Upper paper size sensor  
Paper feed sensor  
Paper exit sensor  
Registration clutch  
Scanner motor  
PT2  
RECL  
SCM  
TBLE  
TBFL  
Waste toner sensor (WT  
holder assembly)  
TFU1  
TFU2  
Thermal fuse  
5-12 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Symbol  
Part name  
TH  
Themistor  
TNK  
Toner key sensor  
Toner empty sensor  
TPD  
TTR  
TRCM  
Transfer cam clutch  
Locations and connectors 5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Wiring diagram / cable harness reference  
Notes:  
See cable diagram foldout in the back of this manual.  
Cables are marked, in large circles, with the # sign.  
5-14 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
RIP board  
Locations and connectors 5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Engine controller board  
5-16 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Input/output (I/O) board  
Locations and connectors 5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Low voltage power supply (LVPS) board  
High voltage power supply (HVPS) board  
5-18 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
Printer cables  
Cable 1 connector assignments  
Cable 1 connector pin assignments  
Engine controller board I1CNI/O board DCN1  
I1CN  
DCN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
SGND  
1
2
+5V-S  
I1RDWR  
I1DATA  
I1CK  
3
4
5
I1LOAD  
I1SCDO  
NC  
6
7
8
NC  
9
DSL(K)ON-P  
DSL(C)ON-P  
10  
11  
Locations and connectors 5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
5021-0XX  
I1CN  
Pin No.  
DCN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
DSL(M)ON-P  
DSL(Y)ON-P  
TH3  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
IDATA  
ILOAD  
ISCK  
SGND  
LEDON-N  
HTFANON-P  
CTFANON-P  
TBEN-N  
PBSEN-N  
ELON-P  
PKCLL1ON-P  
IOD1VOFF-P (+5V-SOFF-P)  
OILLES-P  
PWMSEND  
BANKSEL  
I/ODATA0  
I/ODATA1  
I/ODATA2  
I/ODATA3  
I/ODATA4  
I/ODATA5  
I/OAD0  
8
7
6
5
4
5-20 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
I1CN  
Pin No.  
DCN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
3
2
1
I/OAD1  
I/OAD2  
SGND  
37  
38  
39  
Locations and connectors 5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 2 connector assignments  
Cable 2 connector pin assignments  
Engine controller board I2CNI/O board DCN3  
I2CN  
DCN3  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
SGND  
1
2
COLSEL1  
COLSEL2  
DCL(C)ON-P  
DCL(M)ON-P  
DCL(Y)ON-P  
DCL(K)ON-P  
PSL(KY)ON-P  
PSL(MC)ON-P  
SGND  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
MMCLK  
MMON-N  
MMREV-N  
5-22 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
I2CN  
Pin No.  
DCN3  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
MMENC  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
MMGAIN  
GARESET-N  
RECLON-P  
FBCLON-P  
FBSLON-P  
TRSLON-P  
HTFANON-P/* OZFANON-P  
FUCLON-P  
PKCLU1ON-P  
SGND  
8
7
DMCLK  
6
DMRDY-N  
5
DMON-N  
4
DMGAIN  
3
TALWDDA  
SEPASLON-P  
SGND  
2
1
Locations and connectors 5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 3 connector assignments  
Cable 3 connector pin assignments  
Engine controller board HVCNHVPS CN1  
HVCN  
CN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
PGND  
1
2
PGND  
PGND  
3
+24V-1D  
+24V-1D  
+24V-1D  
BRVON-N  
CLVP-N  
4
5
6
7
8
PWMON-N  
BRVPWM-N  
BRVERR  
CBVPWM-N  
9
10  
11  
12  
5-24 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
HVCN  
Pin No.  
CN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
THVRON-N  
DBV(MC)PWM-N  
THVPWM-N  
DBV(KY)PWM-N  
THV-I  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
FCBVPWM-N  
ID (PGND)  
PGND  
HVUCNCHK-N  
Locations and connectors 5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 4 connector assignments  
Cable 4 connector pin assignments  
Engine controller board P2CNOperator panel  
Operator  
panel  
Pin No.  
P2CN  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
4
5
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
1
2
3
4
5
5-26 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
Cable 5 connector assignments  
Cable 5 connector pin assignments  
I/O board DCN13LVPS ACN1  
DCN13  
ACN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
+24-1D  
PGND  
+24-1D  
PGND  
+24-1D  
PGND  
+24-1D  
PGND  
+5V-1  
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
10  
9
SGND  
Locations and connectors 5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
DCN13  
Pin No.  
ACN1  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
11  
12  
+5V-1  
12  
11  
SGND  
LVPS ACN2Interlock switches  
Interlock  
switch  
Pin No.  
ACN2  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
DSW-O:F  
DSW-I:R  
Front-1  
Rear-2  
I/O board DCN18Interlock switches  
Interlock  
switch  
Pin No.  
DCN18  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
REARDOPEN-P  
NC  
Rear-3  
N/A  
TOPDOPEN-P  
Top-3  
Interlock switchesInterlock switches  
Interlock  
switch  
Interlock  
switch  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
Pin No.  
Top-1  
Top-2  
none  
none  
Front-2  
Rear-1  
5-28 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
LVPS ACN5Engine controller board DCN21  
ACN5  
DCN21  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
4
TESTO1  
TESTO2  
TESTI1  
TESTI2  
1
2
3
4
LVPS ACN5Engine controller board LVCN  
ACN5  
LVCN  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
5
+5VDO-N  
+5V-1R  
1
6
2
7
BRON-N  
DCOFF1-P  
ACOFF-P  
HRON-N  
ACSYNC-N  
SWRUS-P  
PGND  
3
8
4
9
5
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
6
7
8
9
+24  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
PGND  
+24  
SGND  
CN-CHK  
SGND  
SGND  
Locations and connectors 5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
ACN5  
Pin No.  
LVCN  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
21  
22  
no connection  
no connection  
N/A  
N/A  
5-30 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Engine controller board POCNLVPS ACN3  
POCN  
ACN3  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
+5V-2(CNT)  
SGND(CNT)  
+5V-2(CNT)  
SGND(CNT)  
+5V-2(CNT)  
SGND(CNT)  
+3.3V-2  
2
2
1
3
4
4
3
5
6
6
5
7
8
8
SGND(CNT)  
+3.3V-2  
7
9
10  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
N/A  
N/A  
SGND(CNT)  
+3.3V-2  
12  
11  
14  
13  
16  
15  
18  
17  
20  
19  
21  
22  
SGND(CNT)  
+5V-1(MCTL)  
SGND(MCTL)  
+5V-1(MCTL)  
SGND(MCTL)  
+24V-1D  
PGND  
+24V-1D  
PGND  
no connection  
no connection  
Locations and connectors 5-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 6 connector assignments  
Cable 6 connector pin assignments  
I/O board DCN4Toner retract solenoids  
Developer  
solenoid  
Pin No.  
DCN4  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
Black toner retract solenoid  
1
2
DSL(K)ON-N  
+24V-F2  
no number  
no number  
Yellow toner retract solenoid  
3
4
DSL(Y)ON-N  
+24V-F2  
no number  
no number  
Magenta toner retract solenoid  
5
6
DSL(M)ON-N  
+24V-F2  
no number  
no number  
Cyan toner retract solenoid  
7
8
DSL(C)ON-N  
+24V-F2  
no number  
no number  
5-32 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
I/O board DCN5Photodeveloper (OPC) marker sensor  
Marker  
sensor  
Pin No.  
DCN5  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
1
2
3
PBSEN-N  
+5V-S  
1
2
2
SGND  
I/O board DCN8Laser fan  
DCN8  
Laser fan  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
LDFANON-P  
PGND  
no number  
no number  
no number  
LDFAN ERR  
I/O board DCN15Toner present sensor, erase lamp  
DCN15  
Sensor  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
Toner present sensor (receiver-left side)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
TLES(K)-P  
TLES(Y)-P  
TLES(M)-P  
TLES(C)-P  
TLESCN-N  
SGND  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Toner present sensor (sender-right side)  
7
8
LEDON-P  
NC  
1
N/A  
Locations and connectors 5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
DCN15  
Pin No.  
Sensor  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
9
TLESCHK  
SGND  
2
3
10  
Erase lamp  
11  
12  
+24V-1DF3  
ELON-N  
1
3
5-34 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
I/O board DCN16Sensors  
DCN16  
Sensor  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
Transfer belt unit marker sensor  
1
2
3
+5V-S  
no number  
no number  
no number  
TBEN-N  
SGND  
Registration sensor  
Paper empty sensor  
OHP sensor  
4
5
6
+5V-S  
PT1-N  
SGND  
no number  
no number  
no number  
7
8
9
+5V-S  
PEU-P  
SGND  
no number  
no number  
no number  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
+5V-S  
OHPSENU  
SGND  
NC  
1
2
3
NC  
Locations and connectors 5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 7 connector assignments  
Cable 7 connector pin assignments  
I/O board DCN7Rear cover assembly  
DCN7  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
Pin No.  
Fuser exit sensor  
1
2
3
+5V-S  
PT2-N  
SGND  
no number  
no number  
no number  
4
5
6
NC  
NC  
NC  
Output tray full sensor  
7
8
+5V-1  
no number  
no number  
PEFULL-N  
5-36 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
DCN7  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
9
SGND  
no number  
Exit fan  
10  
11  
12  
HTFANON-P  
PGND  
no number  
no number  
no number  
HTFANERR  
Locations and connectors 5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
I/O board DCN10Developer drive assembly, clutches, and waste  
toner sensor  
Sensor/  
DCN10  
Pin No.  
solenoid/  
clutch  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
NC  
NC  
N/A  
N/A  
Cleaning roller solenoid  
3
4
+24V-1DF3  
FBCLON-N  
no number  
no number  
Fuser clutch  
5
6
+24V-1DF3  
FUCLON-N  
no number  
no number  
Transfer roller clutch  
Registration clutch  
Paper feed clutch  
7
8
+24V-1DF3  
TRSLON-N  
no number  
no number  
9
+24V-1DF3  
RECLON-N  
no number  
no number  
10  
11  
12  
+24V-1DF3  
no number  
no number  
PKCLU1ON-N  
Waste toner sensor-TBFL (on outside of waste toner holder)  
13  
14  
TBFULL-N  
SGND  
no number  
no number  
Waste toner sensor-TBLE (on inside of waste toner holder)  
WTLEDON no number  
15  
5-38 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Sensor/  
DCN10  
Pin No.  
solenoid/  
clutch  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
16  
SGND  
no number  
Cyan developer clutch  
17  
18  
+24V-1DF3  
no number  
no number  
DCL(C)ON-N  
Magenta developer clutch  
19  
20  
+24V-1DF3  
no number  
no number  
DCL(M)ON-N  
Yellow developer clutch  
21  
22  
+24V-1DF3  
no number  
no number  
DCL(Y)ON-N  
Black developer clutch  
23  
24  
+24V-1DF3  
no number  
no number  
DCL(K)ON-N  
Locations and connectors 5-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
I/O board DCN11Developer motor  
Developer  
motor  
Pin No.  
DCN11  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
DMRDY-N  
DMON-N  
DMCLK  
+24V-1D  
PGND  
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
+24V-1D  
PGND  
6
7
7
8
PGND  
8
9
SGND  
9
10  
11  
12  
+5V-1  
10  
11  
12  
DMGAIN  
DMOVLD  
I/O board DCN12Main motor  
DCN12  
Main motor  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MMRDY-N  
MMON-N  
MMCLK  
+24-1D  
PGND  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+24-1D  
PGND  
5-40 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
DCN12  
Pin No.  
Main motor  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
8
PGND  
8
9
SGND  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
+5V-1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
MMENC  
MMREV-N  
MMGAIN  
MMOVLD  
Locations and connectors 5-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 9 connector assignments  
Cable 9 connector pin assignments  
Engine board LCNPrinthead LDU  
LCN  
LDU  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
+5V-1R  
LCONT1  
LREADY  
LCONT2  
SGND  
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
LDREF4  
VIDEO-N  
LDREF3  
VIDEO-P  
LDREF2  
SGND  
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
LDREF1  
BDT-P  
LDREF0  
BDT-N  
+5V-1  
5-42 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
LCN  
Pin No.  
LDU  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
SGND  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
SGND  
SCMRDY-N  
SCMCLK  
PGND  
SCMON-N  
+24V-1  
+3.3V  
Locations and connectors 5-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 10 connector assignments  
Cable 10 connector pin assignments  
I/O board DCN14Lower feeder unit  
Lower  
feeder unit  
Pin No.  
(pin 1 is pin  
closest to  
front of  
DCN14  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
printer)  
1 connects  
to DCN14  
pin 16  
LFCN-RET  
N/A  
2
+24V-F2  
PKCLL1ON-N  
NC/FDCLL1ON-N  
PSL1  
1
3
2
4
N/A  
3
5
6
PSL2  
4
7
PSL3  
5
8
PSCST1  
PEL1-P  
OCST1-N  
SGND  
6
9
7
10  
11  
12  
8
12  
10  
NC  
5-44 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Lower  
feeder unit  
Pin No.  
(pin 1 is pin  
closest to  
front of  
DCN14  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
printer)  
13  
14  
15  
+5V-S  
NC  
13  
9
+5V-1  
11  
N/A  
16 connects LFCN-CHK-N  
to DCN14  
pin 1  
Locations and connectors 5-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Cable 11 connector assignments  
Cable 11 connector pin assignments  
I/O board DCN19Paper size sensor and temperature thermistor  
DCN19  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Paper size sensor (PSU)  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+5V-1  
1
PSU1  
2
PSU2  
3
PSU3  
4
PSU4  
5
NOT USED  
SGND  
N/A  
6
NOT USED  
Temperature thermistor (RT)  
9
SGND  
TH3  
1
3
10  
5-46 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Cable 12 connector assignments  
Cable 12 connector pin assignments  
Fuser connectorLVPS (120V Printer)  
Fuser  
connector  
Pin No.  
LVPS  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
1
FG  
Ground  
screw  
2
3
4
P
P
N/A  
P2  
NC  
P2  
Fuser connectorLVPS (240V Printer)  
Fuser  
connector  
Pin No.  
LVPS  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
1
FG  
Ground  
screw  
2
3
4
P
P
P2  
N/A  
P2  
NC  
Locations and connectors 5-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Cable 13 connector assignments  
Cable 13 connector pin assignments  
Engine controller board FUCNfuser  
FUCN  
Fuser  
connector  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TH1  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TH1  
TH2  
TH2  
FUTEMP  
SGND  
NC  
NC  
5-48 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Engine controller board DPCNDuplex unit DUPL  
DPCN  
DUPL  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
D-COMMAND  
DPCN-RET  
1
2 connects  
to DPCN  
pin 11  
N/A  
3
DUMBUSY2-N  
SGND  
2
4
3
5
D-STATUS  
SGND  
4
6
5
7
DUPMON-P  
SGND  
6
8
7
9
DUREON-P  
DUPCHK-N  
8
10  
9
11 connects DPCN-CHK  
N/A  
to DPCN  
pin 2  
12  
SLEEP-P‘  
10  
LVPS ACN4Duplex unit (DUPL) and duplex power  
ACN4  
DUPL  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
Pin No.  
1
+5V-1  
11  
2 connects  
to ACN4 pin  
9
CNCHK-RET  
N/A  
3
4
6
+5V-1  
SGND  
SGND  
12  
13  
14  
Locations and connectors 5-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
ACN4  
Pin No.  
DUPL  
Pin No.  
Signal name  
9 connects  
to ACN4 pin  
2
CN-CHK  
N/A  
Duplex  
power  
5
+24V-2  
+24V-2  
PGND  
PGND  
1
3
2
4
7
8
10  
5-50 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
6. Preventive maintenance  
There is no preventive maintenance for the Lexmark C510.  
Preventive maintenance 6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
6-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
7. Parts catalog  
How to use this parts catalog  
SIMILAR ASSEMBLIES: If two assemblies contain a majority of  
identical parts, they are shown on the same list. Common parts  
are shown by one index number. Parts peculiar to one or the  
other of the assemblies are listed separately and identified by  
description.  
NS: (Not Shown) in the Asm-Index column indicates that the  
part is procurable but is not pictured in the illustration.  
Parts catalog 7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
Assembly 1: Base printer  
7-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 1: Base printer  
Index  
1-1  
P/N  
56P1611  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cover, cleaning roller  
Roller, cleaning  
2
3
4
5
6
6
56P1607  
56P1651  
56P1660  
56P1669  
12G7008  
1339517  
Transfer unit  
Transfer roller assembly  
Paper tray, standard  
Power cord, USA  
Power cord, LV, USA, APG, Bolivia,  
Canada, Columbia, Costa Rica,  
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala,  
Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua,  
Panama, Peru, Venezuela  
6
6
6
6
6
1339518  
1339520  
1339524  
1339528  
1339529  
1
1
1
1
1
Power cord, HV, Argentina  
Power cord, HV, Brazil  
Power cord, HV, Chile  
Power cord, HV, UK, Ireland  
Power cord, HV, Austria, Belgium,  
Euro English, Finland, France,  
Germany, Greece, Netherlands,  
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia,  
Slovakia/Czech/Hungary, Spain,  
Sweden, Turkey  
6
6
1339530  
1339531  
1
1
Power cord, HV, Israel  
Power cord, HV, Switzerland  
French, Switzerland German,  
Switzerland Italian  
6
6
6
1339532  
1339533  
1339534  
1
1
1
Power cord, HV, South Africa  
Power cord, HV, Italy  
Power cord, HV, Denmark  
Parts catalog 7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                 
5021-0XX  
Assembly 2: Covers  
7-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 2: Covers  
Index  
2-1  
P/N  
56P1676  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
Assembly, paper ramp and stop  
Cover assembly, top  
2
3
56P1612  
56P1677  
Assembly, paper exit (contains  
output tray full sensor and flag,  
fuser exit sensor and flag)  
4
5
56P1672  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Actuator, paper exit  
Packet, parts P/N 56P1662  
Assembly, registration  
Strap, rear cover support  
Rear cover assembly  
Cover, right  
6
56P1679  
56P1685  
56P1659  
56P1613  
56P1616  
56P1615  
56P1614  
56P1668  
56P1666  
56P1604  
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Cover, front  
Cover, inner front  
Cover, left  
Operator panel  
Cover, operator panel  
Cable, operator panel  
Parts catalog 7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
5021-0XX  
Assembly 3: Front  
7-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 3: Front  
Index  
3-1  
P/N  
56P1688  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
1
Cover, laser unit assembly lens  
Laser unit assembly (printhead)  
Fan assembly, laser unit  
2
3
4
56P1632  
56P1671  
56P1680  
Left tray guide assembly (includes  
paper size sensor and temperature  
thermistor)  
5
6
56P1633  
56P1657  
1
1
Right tray guide  
Lamp, erase  
Parts catalog 7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5021-0XX  
Assembly 4: Right  
7-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 4: Right  
Index  
4-1  
P/N  
56P1625  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Gear assembly, main drive  
Clutch, fuser  
2
3
56P1622  
Packet, parts P/N 56P1662  
Clutch, registration  
4
56P1621  
56P1623  
56P1620  
56P1624  
56P1626  
56P1619  
56P1628  
56P1629  
56P1681  
56P1631  
5
Clutch, transfer roller  
Clutch, paper feed  
6
7
Clutch, cleaning roller  
Waste toner feeder  
8
9
Motor assembly, main  
Drive assembly, developer  
10  
11  
12  
13  
Assembly, waste toner holder  
Assembly, interlock switch  
Sensor, toner, sender TPD (This is  
a two-piece sensor system.  
Ordering of this part number  
includes both the right and left side.)  
14  
56P1627  
1
Motor, developer  
Parts catalog 7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                         
5021-0XX  
Assembly 5: Rear  
7-10 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 5: Rear  
Index  
5-1  
P/N  
56P1678  
Units  
Description  
1
Assembly, bracket (includes marker  
sensor (transfer belt unit), toner  
density sensor)  
2
3
56P1682  
56P1654  
1
1
Paper guide assembly  
Paper guide (C) assembly (includes  
registration sensor, OHP sensor,  
tray empty sensor)  
4
5
56P1655  
56P1656  
1
1
Roller, paper feed  
Pad, separator  
Parts catalog 7-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
5021-0XX  
Assembly 6: Left  
7-12 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 6: Left  
Index  
6-1  
P/N  
56P1640  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
Power supply, high voltage  
Assembly, toner retract  
2
3
56P1683  
56P1631  
Sensor, toner, receiver TTR (This is  
a two-piece sensor system.  
Ordering of this part number  
includes both the right and left side.)  
4
5
6
7
8
9
56P1648  
56P1641  
56P1642  
56P1643  
56P1650  
56P1639  
1
1
1
1
1
1
Sensor, toner present  
Power supply, 110 V low voltage  
Power supply, 220 V low voltage  
Bracket, 110 V power supply  
Bracket, 220 V power supply  
Board, engine controller  
Parts catalog 7-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
5021-0XX  
Assembly 7: Top  
7-14 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 7: Top  
Index  
7-1  
P/N  
56P1618  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
1
1
Cover, I/O board  
Auger, waste toner  
Agitator, waste toner  
Board, I/O  
2
3
4
5
56P1637  
56P1638  
56P1617  
56P1684  
Assembly, marker sensor (OPC)  
(includes bracket)  
6
56P1644  
1
Fan, power supply (includes top  
cover and rear cover assembly  
interlock switches)  
Parts catalog 7-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5021-0XX  
Assembly 8: RIP board  
7-16 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 8: RIP board  
Index  
8-1  
P/N  
56P2714  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
1
1
1
Board, Base RIP  
Board, Network RIP  
Card assembly, riser  
Shield, INA  
2
3
56P2715  
12G7229  
56P1667  
99A1611  
99A2432  
4
NS  
NS  
Shield, Ethernet  
Shield, parallel  
Parts catalog 7-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5021-0XX  
Assembly 9: Miscellaneous/Options  
7-18 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Assembly 9: Miscellaneous/Options  
Index  
9-1  
P/N  
56P1663  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
1
1
Assembly, duplex unit  
2
56P1664  
56P1665  
56P1670  
56P1419  
Assembly, secondary paper feed  
Tray, secondary paper feed  
Paper tray, legal  
3
NS  
NS  
Drive assembly, 20+GB hard disk  
with adapter  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
56P1661  
56P1662  
7372640  
56P0698  
56P0699  
56P1417  
56P1418  
56P1428  
56P1427  
56P1424  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Parts packet, harness  
Parts packet, screw  
Field relocation kit  
DIMM, 64MB SDRAM  
DIMM, 128MB SDRAM  
DIMM, 16MB Flash  
DIMM, 32MB Flash  
DIMM, Optra Forms16MB  
DIMM, Optra Forms 32MB  
Drive assembly, Optra Forms  
20+GB  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
NS  
56P1429  
56P1430  
56P1438  
56P1673  
56P1674  
56P1675  
56P1431  
56P1432  
56P1433  
56P1434  
56P1435  
12G9832  
1427498  
14D0403  
11A6199  
13A0298  
56P1437  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DIMM, Simplified Chinese font  
DIMM, Traditional Chinese font  
DIMM, Japanese font  
Card, ImageQuick™  
Card, Bar Code  
Card, PrintCrytion™  
Card, 10/100BaseTX  
Card, 10/100BaseTX/10Base2  
Card, 10/100BaseTX  
Card, Token Ring 3 port  
Adapter, external serial  
Cable, parallel, 10-foot bidirectional  
Cable, parallel, 20-foot bidirectional  
Cable, USB, 2-meter  
Cable, 50-foot serial  
Adapter, coax/twinax  
Card, parallel 1284B  
Parts catalog 7-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                                               
5021-0XX  
Assembly 9: Miscellaneous/Options  
Index  
NS  
P/N  
56P1436  
Units  
Description  
1
1
1
Card, RS-232C serial  
NS  
NS  
56P1741  
56P1742  
Card, N2100t Token Ring  
Card, N2101e 10/100TX  
7-20 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5021-0XX  
Index  
setting the page count 3-16  
A
setting top margin 3-7  
setting tray 2 left margin 3-6  
viewing error log 3-19  
viewing page count 3-16  
diagnostic information  
acronyms 1-3  
B
belt cleaning process 1-36  
belt discharge (erase lamp) process  
operator messages 2-9  
printer service checks 2-29  
symptom tables 2-25  
C
E
charging process 1-29  
control system 1-47  
electrical system and function 1-47  
error codes  
operator messages 2-9  
exposing process 1-31  
control of print process 1-48  
electrical system and function 1-47  
laser drive control circuit 1-50  
D
F
developing process 1-32  
diagnostic aids 3-1  
first transfer (drum) process 1-34  
fusing process 1-46  
button test 3-9  
fusing unit 1-44  
clearing error log 3-20  
device tests 3-14  
I
diagnostic mode 3-4  
diagnostics menu structure 3-5  
disabling download emulations 3-1  
disk test/clean 3-14  
duplex tests 3-13  
error log 3-19  
exiting diagnostic mode 3-21  
flash test 3-15  
interface control 1-51  
interface connection 1-51  
interface type 1-51  
L
laser drive control circuit 1-50  
locations 5-1  
boards 5-6  
hardware tests 3-8  
LCD test 3-9  
engine controller board 5-16  
fans and motors 5-7  
high voltage supply board 5-18  
I/O board 5-17  
interlock switches 5-8  
low voltage power supply board  
options 5-3  
printer 5-1  
printer cables 5-19  
sensors 5-4  
solenoids and clutches 5-9  
paper jam sequence 3-2  
parallel strobe adjustment 3-18  
parallel wrap test 3-9  
print registration 3-6  
print tests 3-7  
printer setup 3-16  
restore EP factory defaults 3-20  
ROM memory test 3-10  
serial number 3-17  
serial wrap test 3-11  
setting configuration ID 3-17  
I-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5021-0XX  
wiring diagram and cable harness  
reference 5-14  
engine controller board 4-55  
erase lamp 4-27  
front cover assembly 4-19  
front door interlock switch 4-29  
fuser assembly 4-9  
high voltage power supply (HVPS)  
M
maintenance approach 1-1  
messages  
operator 2-9  
HVPS cage 4-62  
I/O board 4-70, 4-74  
laser unit assembly (printhead)  
laser unit fan assembly 4-26  
left cover 4-24  
O
optical system 1-40  
options identification 1-18  
P
left side 4-53  
paper jam sequence 3-2  
paper transportation system 1-42  
fusing process 1-46  
left tray guide assembly 4-65  
low voltage power supply (LVPS)  
main drive gear assembly 4-41  
main motor assembly 4-38  
operator panel cable 4-54  
paper exit assembly 4-49  
paper exit unit 4-22  
fusing unit 1-44  
part number index X-5  
preventive maintenance 6-1  
print sequence diagram 1-49  
print system  
belt cleaning process 1-36  
beltdischarge(eraselamp)process  
paper feed roller 4-48  
paper guide (A) and (B) assemblies  
charging process 1-29  
developing process 1-32  
exposing process 1-31  
first transfer (drum) process 1-34  
printer identification 1-17  
printer setup  
paper guide (C) assembly 4-47  
photodeveloper cartridge 4-11  
rear 4-44  
registration assembly 4-52  
right cover 4-22  
right side 4-29  
parallel strobe adjustment 3-18  
serial number 3-17  
setting configuration ID 3-17  
setting the page count 3-16  
viewing page count 3-16  
RIP board 4-45  
RIP board cage 4-57  
second paper feed assembly 4-16  
sensor assembly 4-69  
toner present sensor 4-63  
toner retract solenoid and cam  
R
toner sensor (receiver) 4-64  
top cover assembly 4-18  
transfer belt cleaning roller 4-6  
transfer belt unit 4-7  
transfer roller 4-8  
waste toner auger 4-72  
waste toner bottle 4-10  
waste toner bottle holder 4-32  
removals  
bracket assembly 4-45  
cleaning roller clutch 4-36  
cleaning roller cover 4-6  
covers 4-17  
developer drive assembly 4-32  
developer motor 4-31  
duplex unit assembly 4-13  
I-2 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
waste toner feeder 4-42  
repair information 4-1  
S
safety information xxi  
second transfer (paper) process 1-38  
Serial Number 3-17  
service checks  
operator panel 2-84  
paper feed 2-99  
print quality 2-101  
printer 2-29  
spacing table 2-129  
symptom tables  
print quality 2-27  
printer 2-25  
T
tests  
button 3-9  
device 3-14  
disk test/clean 3-14  
duplex tests 3-13  
flash 3-15  
hardware 3-8  
LCD 3-9  
parallel wrap 3-9  
ROM memory 3-10  
SDRAM memory 3-11  
serial wrap 3-11  
theory of operation  
printer 1-19  
transfer system 1-38  
second transfer (paper) process  
transfer belt cleaning process 1-39  
I-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
I-4 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
Part number index  
P/N  
Description  
page  
12G9832 Cable, parallel, 10-foot bi-directional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
1339517 Power cord, LV, USA, APG, Bolivia, Canada, Columbia, Costa Rica,  
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Pe-  
1339529 Power cord, HV, Austria, Belgium, Euro English, Finland, France, Ger-  
many, Greece, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia/Czech/  
1339531 Power cord, HV, Switzerland French, Switzerland German, Switzer-  
1427498 Cable, parallel, 20-foot bidirectional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
56P1419 Drive assembly, 20+GB hard disk with adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
56P1424 Drive assembly, Optra Forms 20+GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
56P1429 DIMM, Simplified Chinese font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
56P1432 Card, 10/100BaseTX/10Base2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19  
I-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5021-0XX  
56P1629 Assembly, waste toner holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9  
56P1632 Laser unit assembly (printhead) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7  
56P1640 Power supply, high voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13  
56P1641 Power supply, 110 V low voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13  
56P1642 Power supply, 220 V low voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13  
56P1643 Bracket, 110 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13  
56P1650 Bracket, 220 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13  
56P1654 Paper guide (C) assembly (includes registration sensor, OHP sensor,  
56P1664 Assembly, secondary paper feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19  
56P1665 Cassette, secondary paper feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19  
I-6 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
56P1678 Assembly, bracket (includes marker sensor (transfer belt unit), toner  
56P1680 Left tray guide assembly (includes paper size sensor and temperature  
56P1684 Assembly, marker sensor (OPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15  
56P1688 Cover, laser unit assembly lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7  
I-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5021-0XX  
I-8 Service Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Legacy Car Audio Car Stereo System LR121SX User Manual
Lenoxx Electronics Clock Radio CR 500 User Manual
Makita Chainsaw DCS430 DCS431 DCS520 DCS520i DCS540 DCS5200 DCS5200i User Manual
Makita Cordless Drill BHP441 User Manual
Makita Grinder 9556HN User Manual
Makita Power Hammer HR5000 User Manual
Marmitek Digital Camera 3GP User Manual
M Audio Musical Instrument eKeys49 User Manual
Mellerware Electric Heater 3 5 5 5 02200W User Manual
Merco Savory Toaster BG 1T User Manual